Copyright ASME International

Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Errata
to
ASME Y14.43-2003
Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principles
for Gages and Fixtures
The following figures have been revised: Fig. I1; Fig. II1; Fig. Al (Workpiece); Fig. A, illustra­
tions (c) and (d); Fig. B13(b); Fig. B18; Fig. B19; Fig. BI9(a); Fig. B20(f). Revisions appear on the
following pages.
THE AMERI CAN SOCI El OF MECHANI CAL ENGI NEERS
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
July 2005
1 11111111 111 11111 11111 11111 111111 111 1111
N0170E
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Workpiece
Inner Boundar
MMC Hole 12.0
- Geo Tol at MMC - 0.2
-
Inner Boundary Hole 11
.
8
WORKPI ECE
2X ¢12
+
0.2
o
I -I
¢ 0.2
@1
A l B
1
C
'
Outer Boundar
LMC Hole 12.2
+ Geo Tol at LMC + 0.4
Outer Boundary Hole 12.6
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
Fig. 1 1
Datum Feature C
Simulator
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
--KP,EcE
¬�
.95 -=- __ -

_
·.·

�·

=-

Fig. 1 1 1
2X
:
11.8-12.2�-

·

Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
WORKPI ECE
|/|
0. 1



NOTE· See Tables A1 - A3 for gage pin

i
.
zes, .
f ·t·on and material cnditions. tolerancs 0 POSI I ,
2X ¢ See Note
GAGE
Fig. At
2X ¢ 1 1 .8-12.2
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
-·..

I
¸¸�¸��_¸¸��,
¯0ÌC|ICC
C Siza\
.___� ________________________ .�___________j
kJÝ.d �

Û.¬YO|[ÌtC
¯0lt|8ÞU6
(Ho|oSiz}
|117·
I^)
��
=¯ôQ6Í'H Íìô|C!6f l`̹d1�'l.OZ
���� ��� � ��
...........................................................................................
1`.cJ LUI6| CCU0dô|jGagoP|n) ¸
I ���� ���c���

, OaçcÌIH ÛI7¬ LJI'J�J´ÒZ ¦2.5%)jBef|eWear)

°

e
'ºº|'`n·�

ØJ.ö
����� ���� ; � OageTol
°
ra¤cc V£ô(
H
_ � � ¸¸
...
.•................•....L .................................................................................................................................................. .
¹VÜ
--�-
ll'

!JÙU ÍP0CId0undary,6e|¤raWear)
···


l¤I
Fig. A2
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Fig. B1 3(a)
GAGE
TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003
THI S DRAWI NG UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY
Fig. B1 3(b)
Datum Feature
A Simulator
WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE
Fig. 813
2X ¢10.09 - 1 0. 10
1 -I ¢o
@I
A
I
B
I
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
/
!
8--
\
WORKPI ECE
¢ 99-100
U�®I
A
I
4X ¢ 8.66-8.90
1 -1
¢ 0.22
@I
A
I
B
@1
Fig. B18
WORKPI ECE
¢ 1 1 0 ±1
1 -1 ¢ 1 @I A
I
B @1
SEP REQT
¢ 1 00 ±0.5
I
..I�®I
A
I
4X M8X1 .25 - 6H
I -1 ¢ 0.44
@ ® 1 9.3
1
Al B
@ 1
SEP REQT
Fig. B19
1 2.83 j �
1 2.00
0
0.5
1 2.83
1 2.00
31 .88 --
31 .62
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Fig. B1 9(a)
4X ¢ 8.40-8.44
1 -I
¢ o @I
A
I
B
I
FUNCTIONAL GAGE
A gripping handle is optional for ease of
gage use. It may be of any diameter, but
must be di mensioned and toleranced if added
to the gage drawing.
¢ 99.5-99.6
1 9.32
1 9.30
t�
I _�
@I
A
I
I I
32. 1 5 MIN
Maximum thickness of the gage
plate (19.32) plus the maximum
+ IIIIIII
�fUdepth oflha II" .... , ho� (1 2.83)
-:IIIII:I�m THREADED GAGE SCREW
M8 X 1.25-6G
TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003
THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY
Fig. 819 (Cont'd)
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Fig. B20(d)
WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE
>
� Datum Feature
Fig. B20(e)
Fig. B20(f)
See Setup Figure 1
for Gaging Example
¢ 12.006-12.024
I
-
.¢0.OS®
16.
s l A
I
(Receives Datum
Feature B Simulator)
6.01 MI N
NOTE: All fts per ASME B4.2
Preferred Metric Li mits and Fits
(sliding ft - h6 shaft mates
with G7 hole)
Simulator C
7.9 Virtual Condition
Step 4.
The Tertiary Datum Feature Simulator C is
insered into the Gage which restricts the
rotation of the part about Datum Feature
Simulator B. The amount the part may rotate is
equivalent to the clearanc between Datum
Features B and C and their 12.3 and 7.9
Virtual Condition Simulator, respectively.
WORKPIECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
10 =48.2
Virtual Condition
of 00
GAGE BASE
7.00S - 7.020
Step S.
Virtual Condition pins are inserted into the
Functional Gage to verify hole locations and a
Virtual Condition cyl inder is inserted to verify
the 00 location. The 00 must be within its
Virtual Condition with all pins inserted since all
controlled features are related to Datums A, B
at MMC, and C at MMC. The size of Datum
Feature B, Datum Feature C, the holes, and
the 00 must be verified separately.
I-I
0.1 ®16.s l A l B 1
9.0 - 9.SI
(Receives Datum
Feature C Simulator)
¢ 60.01 - 60.04
Datum Feature
A Simulator
1-1
¢0.OS®16.
s l A l B
1
C
1
(Receives 00 Gage)
4X ¢ 4.004 - 4.01 6
1 -1 ¢0.OS®1 6.s l A l B
1
C
1
(Receives VC Pins)
Datum Feature A on the Gage is the simulator for Datum Feature A on the part. The Gage also contains receiver
(holes and slots) for pins that simulate Datum Features B and C on the part as well as receivers fr the Virual
Condition pins and 00 Gage. Gage feature tolerances are 1 0% of the associated part feature tolerances.
Fig. 820
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43
ADOPTION NOTICE
ASME Y14.43, Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principles for Gages and Fixtures, was adopted on 28 January 2003
for use by the Department of Defense, DoD. Proposed changes by DoD activities must be submitted to the DoD
Adopting Activity: Commander, u.s. Army TACOM-ARDEC, ATTN: AMSTA-AR-QAW-E, Picatinny Arsenal, NJ
07806-5000. Copies of this document may be purchased from The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME), 22 Law Drive, PO Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900; http: //www.asme. org.
Custodians:
Army -AR
Navy -SA
Air Force - 16
DLA - DH
Review Activities:
Army -AT, AV, CE, CR, EA, MI, SM, TE
Navy -AS, CH, EC, MC, OS, SH, TD, YD
Air Force - 11, 13, 19, 68, 70, 71, 84, 99
DLA - CC, GS, IS
NSA -NS
AMSC N/A
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
Adopting Activity:
Army -AR
(Project DRPR-0382)
AREA DRPR
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
� The Ameri ••• Society o.
® Mechanical Engineers
A N A M E RIC A N N ATIO N AL S TA N D A R D
DIMENSIONING AND
TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Date of I ssuance: September 12, 2003
The next edition of this Standard is scheduled for publication in 2008. There will be no addenda or
written interpretations of the requirements of this Standard issued to this edition.
ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
This code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American National
Standards. The Standards Committee that approved the code or standard was bal anced to assure that individual s from
competent and concerned interests have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed code or standard was made
avail abl e for publ ic review and comment that provides an opportunity for additional publ i c i nput from i ndustry, academia,
regulatory agencies, and the pUblic-at-large.
ASME does not "approve," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any
items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against liabi lity for
infringement of any appl icable letters patent, nor assumes any such liabi lity. Users of a code or standard are expressly
advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is
entirely their own responsibi lity.
Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affi liated with i ndustry is not to be interpreted as
government or i ndustry endorsement of this code or standard.
ASME accepts responsibi lity for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established
ASME procedures and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by in dividual s.
No part of thi s document may be reproduced in any form,
in an electroni c retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publ isher.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
Copyright © 2003 by
THE AMERI CAN SOCI ETY OF MECHANI CAL ENGI NEERS
All rights reserved
Printed in U.s.A.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CONTENTS
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Committee Roster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
1 Ge ne ral............................................................................ 1
2 Principle s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3 Gage De sign ....................................................................... 7
4 D ime nsioning and Tole rancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5 U sage ............................................................................. 17
6 Fixture s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
F igures
1 Diamond Pin Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 Fixed Pin Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3 Pushpin Construction - Type 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4 Pushpin Construction - Type 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Mandatory Appe ndices
I Illustrations of Gaging Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
II Material Condition Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Nonmandatory Appe ndice s
A Examples of Gage Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
B Examples and Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
C Regardless of Feature Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
iii
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
FOREWORD
This Standard contains information showing methods for creating gages and fixtures for features
that use principles found in ASME Y14.5M-1994, Dimensioning and Tolerancing. It addresses
GO gages for measuring maximum material condition and NOGO gages for measuring least
material condition. This material was developed from ANSI B4.4M-1981, Inspection of Work pieces,
which has since been retired. This Standard also addresses, for the first time, functional gages
used for the measurement of geometric tolerances specifically for the verification of virtual
condition boundaries (MMC concept). GO, NOGO, and functional gages are primarily utilized
for the collection of attribute data.
Fixtures are also addressed. Fixtures are used to properly simulate datum features while an
end product is being measured for variable data collection and in certain stages of manufacturing.
This Standard shows the principles and choices available to design, dimension, and tolerance
gages and fixtures in compliance with the principles in ASME Y14.5M-1994. The gages and
fixtures displayed in this Standard represent the physical embodiment of the theory shown in
ASME Y14.5M-1994 for the simulation of (MMC concept) virtual condition boundaries, and
proper datum feature simulation.
The gages discussed in tis Standard deal wit the collection of attribute data only (good vs.
bad information), while the fixtures are to be used in conjunction with variable data collection
devices. As illustrated in this Standard, the fixtures will difer from the gages in the respect that
the gages will represent referenced datum features and controlled features, while the fixtures will
represent only the referenced datum features.
The rules and principles in this Standard are consistent with te previously published informa­
tion in ANSI B4.4M and ASME Y14.5M. Since this is the main focus of this Standard, more
information and many more examples of gages and fixtures are presented.
The understanding of gages and fixtures is the key to understanding dimensioning and toleranc­
ing of products in accordance with ASME Y14.5M.
Thanks to the committee members responsible for developing and maintaining ANSI B4.4M
and ASME Y14.5M, and to Lowell Foster, for te help they have provided. Without it, we would
not have been able to complete this Standard.
Suggestions for improvement of this Standard are welcome. They should be sent to The Ameri­
can Society of Mechanical Engineers; Attn: Secretary, Y14 Standards Committee; Three Park
Avenue; New York, NY 10016.
This Standard was approved as an American National Standard on January 28, 2003.
iv
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME STANDARDS COMMI TTEE Y14
Engineering Drawing and Related Documentation Practices
(he following is the roster of the Committee at the time of approval of this Standard.)
OFFICERS
F. Bakos, Chair
K. E. Wiegandt, Vice Chair
C. J. Gomez, Secretar
COMMITTEE PERS ONNEL
A. R. Anderson, Dimensional Control Systems, I nc.
J. B. Baker, Consultant
F. Bakos, Consultant
J. V. Burleigh, The Boeing Co.
R. A. Chadderdon, Southwest Consultants
M. E. Curtis, Jr., Rexnord I ndustries, I nc.
D. E. Day, Monroe Community Col lege
B. Dinardo, U.s. Department of the Army, ARDEC
C. W. Ferguson, WM Education Services
L. W. Foster, L. W. Foster Associates, I nc.
C. J. Gomez, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
B. A. Harding, Purdue University
K. S. King, Naval Surface Warfare Center, Dahlgren Division
A. Krulikowski, General Motors Powertrain
H. S. Lachut, Alstom Power I nc.
P. J. McCuistion, Ohio University
E. Niemiec, MTD Products, I nc.
R. L. Nieukirk, Caterpil l ar, I nc.
G. H. Whitmire, Gary Whitmire Associates
K. E. Wiegandt, Sandia Nati onal Laboratory
B. A. Wilson, The Boeing Co.
P. Wreede, Consultant
SU BC OMMITTEE 43 - DIMENSI ONI NGAND TL ERANCING OF FUNCTI ONAL GAGES
J. D. Meadows, Chair, James D. Meadows & Associates, I nc.
R. A. Stickley, Vice Chair, Daimler Chrysler
P. J. McCuistion, Secretary, Ohio University
R. G. Campbell, Harper College
P. Hastie, Visteon Corp.
M. E. Hoganson, Visteon Corp.
v
R. Hughes, EI Cami no College
J. D. Keith, Boeing Commercial Airplane Group
P. Mares, Douglas Aircraft Co.
J. I . Miles, Sr., Lockheed Martin Aeronautics
R. A. Wheeler, Cymer I nc.
P. A. Zimmermann, Texas I nstruments
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Following approval by the ASME YI4 Committee and ASME, and after public review, ASME
YI4.43-2003 was approved by the American National Standards Institute on January 28, 2003.
Page Location Change
2 Mandatory Appendix I Figure I1 revised
28 Mandatory Appendix II Figure II1 revised
35 Nonmandatory Appendix Figure Al revised
A
37 Nonmandatory Appendix Figure A2(c) and (d) revised
A
76 Nonmandatory Appendix B Figure B13(b) revised
87 Nonmandatory Appendix B Figure B18 revised
89 Nonmandatory Appendix B Figure B19 revised
90 Nonmandatory Appendix B Figure B19(a) revised
93 Nonmandatory Appendix B Figure B20(f) revised
vi
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
ENGINEERING DRAWING AND RELATED DOCUMENTATION PRACTICES
DI MENSI ONI NG AND TOLERANCI NG PRI NCI PLES FOR GAGES
AND FIXTURES
1 GENERL
1.1 Scope
This Standard presents the design practices for dimen­
sioning and tolerancing of gages and fixtures used for
the verification of maximum material condition (MMC)
size envelopes and virtual condition boundaries gener­
ated by geometric tolerances controlled at maximum
material condition. Examples of gages used to inspect
workpieces using regardless of feature size (RFS) are
shown in Appendix C.
These practices focus on the design of receiver-type
gages, which collect attribute data when used for the
verification of workpieces dimensioned and toleranced
in accordance with ASME Y14.5M-1994.
For gaging and fixturing principles and practices, see
paras. 2 through 6.
1.2 Units
The International System of Units (SI) is featured in
this Standard because SI units commonly supersede
United States (U.S.) customary units specified on engi­
neering drawings. U.S. customary units could equally
well have been used without prejudice to the principles
established.
1.3 Fi gures
The figures in this Standard are in accordance with
ASME Y14.5M-1994. The figures are intended only as
illustrations to aid the user in understanding the design
principles and metods of gaging and fixturing design
described in the text. Figures may show added detail
for emphasis or be incomplete by intent. Numerical val­
ues of dimensions and tolerances are illustrative only.
1.4 Reference to This Standard
Where drawings are based on this Standard, this fact
shall be noted on the drawing or in a document refer­
enced on the drawing. Reference to this Standard shall
state ASME Y14.43-2003.
1
1. 5 Appendices
1. 5.1 Ma nda tor Appe nd ices. The following manda-
tory appendices are included in this Standard:
(a) I, Illustrations of Gaging Policy
(b) II, Material Condition Explanation
1. 5.2 No nma nda to r Appe nd ices. The following non-
mandatory appendices are included wit this Standard:
(a) A, Examples of Gage Characteristics
(b) B, Examples and Illustrations
(c) C, Regardless of Feature Size
1.6 References
The following documents form a part of this Standard
to the extent specified herein. Unless otherwise indi­
cated, the latest edition shall apply.
ASME B4.2, Preferred Metric Limits and Fits
ASME B46.1, Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Wavi­
ness, and Lay)
ASME BS9.6.2, Temperature and Humidity Environment
for Dimensional Measurement
ASME BS9.7.2, Dimensional Measurement Planning
ASME Y14.5M-1994, Dimensioning and Tolerancing
ASME Y14. 5. 1M-1994, Mathematical Definition of
Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principles
Publisher: The American Society of Mechanical Engi­
neers (ASME International), Three Park Avenue, New
York, NY 10016-5990; Order Department: 22 Law
Drive, Box 2300, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2300
1.7 Defi nitions
The following terms are defined as teir use applies
in this Standard.
1. 7.1 Ga ging
actual local size: the value of any individual distance at
any cross section of a feature (see ASME Y14.5M-1994).
attribute gage: the family of receiver gages used to collect
attributes data; for example, GO and functional gages.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
attributes data: information obtained from an inspection
process that indicates only whether a part is acceptable
or not acceptable.
calibration: the act of inspecting and subsequent
adjusting of a gage, where needed, to meet a specific
parameter.
certifcation: te act of documenting that a gage meets a
specific parameter.
datum feature simulator: a gage or fixture element (such
as a surface plate, gage surface, or mandrel) associated
with the datum feature(s) and used to establish the simu­
lated datum(s).
fxed limit gage: a device of defined geometric form and
size used to assess the conformance of a feature(s) of a
workpiece to a dimensional specification. Also referred
to as a limit gage.
fxture: a device used to hold parts securely in te correct
position in a tool or gage during manufacturing, assem­
bly, or inspection.
fnctional fxture: a device having integral gage elements
that make physical contact with part datum features.
It typically holds parts as they would be held when
assembled. The fixture and its gage elements represent
simulated datum features from the mating part and are
identified on gage drawings using techniques found in
ASME Y14.5M-1994.
fnctional gage: a fixed limit gage used to verify virtual
condition boundaries (MC concept) generated by the
collective effect of the feature's maximum material con­
dition and the applicable geometric tolerance at the
MC size.
gage element: a physical feature of the gage used in the
verification of workpiece compliance to te associated
tolerance requirement. These physical features represent
datum feature simulators or virtual condition bound­
aries.
GO gage: a fixed limit gage tat checks a feature of
size for acceptance within maximum material condition
perfect form boundary.
least material condition (LMC): the condition in which a
feature of size contains the least amount of material
within the stated limits of size (e.g., maximum hole
diameter, minimum shaft diameter). (See ASME
Y14.5M-1994.)
maximum material condition (MMC): the condition in
which a feature of size contains the maximum amount
of material within the stated limits of size (e.g., mini­
mum hole diameter, maximum shaft diameter). (See
ASME Y14.5M-1994.)
NOGO gage: a fixed limit gage that checks a feature of
size for violation of the least material condition actual
local size. This gage is also referred to as a NOT GO gage.
2
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
separate gaging requirement: the condition where features
or patters of features that are located from a common
datum reference frame do not need to be inspected
together (tis does not afect te within-pattern require­
ment). If simultaneous gaging is not required, the abbre­
viation SEP RQT is placed under the feature control
frame. See definition for simultaneous gaging requirement.
simultaneous gaging requirement: the condition where all
of the features or patterns of features tat are located
from a common datum reference frame are inspected
together as a single patter relative to that common
datum reference frame. The lower segment of a compos­
ite feature control frame does not share the requirement
unless specified by the abbreviation SI RQT.
variables data: information obtained from an inspection
process that indicates the level of acceptability of a part
by yielding a measured value. Therefore, the level of
acceptability is recorded as a numerical value.
virtual condition: the constant boundary generated by
te collective efects of a size feature's specified MMC
or LMC and the geometric tolerance for that material
condition.
virtual condition (MMC concept): for all internal features
of size, tis is calculated by subtracting the geometric
tolerance applicable at MC from the MC size of the
feature. For all exteral features of size, this is calculated
by adding the geometric tolerance applicable at MMC
to the MC size of te feature.
workpiece/part: the general term denoting a discrete end
product, subassembly, or final assembly.
1.7.2 Tole rancing
absolute tolerancing (pessimistic tolerancing): the policy of
tolerancing gages that ensures complete random ability
of parts assembly by applying gagemakers' tolerances,
wear allowances, measurement uncertainties, and form
controls, all within the workpiece limits of size and geo­
metric controL See para. 2.3. 1.
gagemakers' tolerance: the manufacturing tolerance
allowed a gagemaker that is applied to gages and com­
parator setting masters.
measurement uncertainty: the diference between the cor­
rected measured size and the actual size. I cases where
tere is adequate information based on a statistical dis­
tribution, the estimate may be associated wit a specific
probability. I oter cases, an alterative form of numeri­
cal expression of the degree of confidence to be attached
to the estimate may be given.
optimistic tolerancing: the policy of tolerancing gages that
ensures all part features within tolerance that are gaged
are accepted by the gage. See para. 2.3.2.
practical absolute tolerancing: the policy of tolerancing
gages that predicts most part features within tolerance
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
will be accepted by the gage, some borderline part fea­
tures within tolerance will not be accepted by the gage,
and a very low probability that some borderline part
features not within tolerance will be accepted by the
gage. See para. 2.3.4 and Appendix II.
tolerant tolerancing: the policy of tolerancing gages that
ensures most part features within tolerance that are
gaged are accepted by the gage and most part features
not within tolerance tat are gaged are rejected by the
gage. See para. 2.3.3.
wear allowance tolerance: an additional amount of size
tolerance applied to gage elements that accounts for the
wear of the gage over time.
workpiece/part tolerance: for tolerancing GO and NOGO
gages, this is the diference between the least material
condition and the maximum material condition. For tol­
erancing functional gages, this is te difference between
the virtual condition (MMC concept) and te least mate­
rial condition (LMC concept).
2 PRINCI PLES
2.1 Genera l
2. 1.1 Ga ge Des ign Principles. Gages that check enve­
lopes or boundaries are all designed on similar princi­
ples, wheter they inspect maximum material condition
(MMC) or virtual condition (MMC concept). GO gages
determine compliance with the MMC envelope that is
defined by ASME Y14.SM-1994, para. 2.7.1. Functional
gages are used to inspect for compliance with the virtual
condition boundary created by use of the MMC concept
defined by ASME Y14.SM -1994, paras. 2. 11 through 2.13.
2.1.2 G oa l of Ga ging. While the goal of gaging is to
accept all good parts and reject all bad parts, manufac­
turing of gaging equipment introduces variability, mak­
ing this impossible. Depending upon te tolerancing
policy chosen, the size range of gage elements may be
larger, smaller, or straddle the boundaries they are
inspecting. The tolerance policy chosen will determine
whether borderline part features are accepted or
rej ected. The practice of gage tolerancing requires a gage
designed wit size tolerances and/ or geometric toler­
ances as small as economically feasible.
2. 1. 3 E conomic Conte xt. The design and manufacture
of gages and fixtures takes place within a specific eco­
nomic context. The smaller the allowed tolerances for
the gage, te more expensive it is to manufacture and
the larger the number of parts within specification it
will accept when used properly. However, smaller gage
tolerance allows less room for gage wear, therefore short­
ening the life of the gage. As it wears beyond acceptable
limits, it begins to accept technically bad parts. Gages
shall be inspected periodically and replaced or repaired
before this happens.
3
ASME Y14.43-2003
Larger-toleranced gages will less reliably distinguish
in-tolerance parts from out-of-tolerance parts and may
reject more in-tolerance parts. The cost of the gage shall
be weighed against the cost of the workpiece accept/
reject rate. Therefore, the designer shall give consider­
ation to the break-even point, and decide on the correct
balance between te gage with prohibitive up-front costs
and prohibitive long-range costs caused by rejection of
good (i.e., parts meeting drawing specification) parts
compared to the acceptance of bad parts.
2.2 Fun cti on and Use of Ga ges
Fixed limit gages, in teory, accept all workpieces
dimensionally conforming to specification and reject all
workpieces which do not conform. The GO gage and
the functional gage shall fully receive the workpiece
to be inspected. The NOGO gage shall not receive the
workpiece in any position.
2.2.1 G O Plu g Ga ges. A GO plug gage shall enter te
hole over its full lengt when applied by hand without
using excessive force. If it is not possible to use a full­
form plug gage or if the rule concering perfect form
at MMC is not in efect, GO segmental gages, if used, are
applied to the hole in axial planes uniformly distributed
around the circumference. Unless otherwise specified,
perfect form is required at MMC for rigid features, neces­
sitating the use of full-form MMC sized cylindrical plug
gages for holes and full-form MMC sized cylindrical
ring gages for shafts. When nonrigid workpieces such
as thin-walled parts are gaged, considerable care is
required to use zero force as this may distort the hole
and give a false result. For nonrigid features, perfect
form at MMC is not required.
2.2.2 NOG O Ga ges. The least material condition limit
of the workpiece is checked with a gage designed to
contact the workpiece, if a cylinder, at two diametrically
opposed points separated by a distance exactly equal
to the least material condition size limit. This NOGO
gage shall not pass into or over the workpiece at any
position. If it is determined that this two-point opposing­
point type of measurement cannot be used, a NOGO
cylindrical or spherical plug gage shall not enter the
hole when applied by hand without using excessive
force. Excessive force shall be considered force that is
suficient to damage or deform either the workpiece or
the gage. The hole shall be checked from both ends, if
possible. A NOGO gage with segmental spherical gag­
ing surfaces is introduced into the hole by tilting it and
it shall not be possible to erect the gage in the hole
witout using excessive force. The inspector is responsi­
ble for all sets of opposing points witin the hole.
2. 2. 3 G O Cy lind rica l R i ng Ga ge. This gage shall
encompass the complete length of the shaft when
applied by hand using zero measuring force (or any
corrected value specified). If a cylindrical ring gage can-
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
not be used because the perfect form at MC rule has
been eliminated for a specific workpiece and a GO snap
gage is to be used, the GO snap gage shall
(a) pass over a dimensionally conforming shaft, the
axis of which is horizontal, under its own weight or the
force marked on the gage
(b) pass over a dimensionally conforming shaft, the
axis of which is vertical, when applied by hand without
using excessive force
2.2.4 NOGO S nap Gages. A NOGO snap gage shall
(a) not pass over a dimensionally conforming shaft,
the axis of which is horizontal, under its own weight or
the force marked on the gage
(b) not pass over a dimensionally conforming shaft,
the axis of which is vertical, when applied by hand
without using excessive force
2.2.5 F unc tional Gages. A functional gage pin shall
be able to enter the hole being gaged over the entire
depth of the hole without excessive force being applied.
A functional gage hole (ring) shall be able to receive the
shaft being gaged over the entire length of the shaft
without excessive force being applied. If planar datum
features are simulated on the gage, the datum features
on the workpiece shall contact the datum feature simula­
tors on the gage as appropriate. (For example, a mini­
mum of three points of high point contact on a primary
planar datum feature, a minimum of two points of high
point contact on a secondary planar datum feature, and
a minimum of one point of high point contact on a
tertiary planar datum feature. To construct a valid datum
plane where a datum rocker is an issue, see ASME
Y14.5.1M-1994.) If restraint is to be applied to the datum
features, it shall be specified on the workpiece drawing
or te workpiece shall be restrained so as not to alter
the measurement readings of the same part measured
in the free state.
(a) When using functional gaging principles, it is rec­
ommended that
(1) gages, production tooling, and parts (to include
tolerances and allowances) should be designed using a
concurrent engineering team
(2) gages be defined using the same geometric char­
acteristics that define the part being gaged
(b) When using functional gaging principles, it is
required that
(1) gages simulate datum features as defined by
part datum features or datum targets
(2) functional gages that verify positional require­
ments have gaging elements located at basic dimensions
conforming to feature locations dimensioned on the
product drawings
(3) gages simulate the MC concept of the con­
trolled features virtual condition or MC, as applicable
4
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
(4) all functional gage elements go into or over the
part features simultaneously where simultaneous
requirements are invoked by the product specification
(c) When using functional gaging principles, it is
observed that specifying one datum reference frame per
part requires one gage to be used for acceptance. Any
increase in the number of datum reference frames will
increase te number of gages and inspection setups.
2.3 Gagin g Toler ance P olicies
The following subparagraphs explain alternative
forms of gage tolerancing policy (see para. 1. 7.2 for defi­
nitions). A gage or fixture designer may select one of
te following policies for specific implementation.
2.3.1 Abs olute Tole ranc ing (Pess im is tic Tole ranc ing).
Gage tolerances add material to the gaging element,
beginning at the limit [e.g., MC or virtual condition
(MC concept)] of the feature being gaged. Gages pro­
duced in accordance with this policy will accept most
part features that are within tolerance, reject all part
features not within tolerance, and reject a small percent­
age of borderline part features tat are technically within
tolerance. See Appendix I, Fig. I.
2.3.2 Optim is tic Tole ranc ing. This is accomplished by
applying gagemakers' tolerances, wear allowances,
measurement uncertainties, and form controls all out­
side of the workpiece limits of size and geometric con­
troL Gage tolerances subtract material from te gage,
beginning at the limit [e.g., MC or virtual condition
(MC concept)] of the feature being gaged. Gages pro­
duced in accordance with tis policy will accept part
features that are within tolerance, reject most features
not within tolerance, and accept a small percentage of
borderline part features that are technically not within
tolerance. See Appendix I, Fig. I3.
2.3.3 Tole rant Tole ranc ing. This is accomplished by
applying gagemakers' tolerances, wear allowances,
measurement uncertainties, and form controls in such
a manner that some of te tolerance on the gage is within
te workpiece limits of size and geometric control, and
some of the tolerance on the gage is outside the work­
piece limits of size and geometric controL Gage toler­
ances both add and subtract material from te gage,
beginning at the limit [e.g., MC or virtual condition
(MC concept)] of the feature being gaged. Gages pro­
duced in accordance with this policy will accept most
part features that are within tolerance, reject most part
features not within tolerance, accept a small percentage
of borderline out-of-tolerance features, and reject a small
percentage of borderline within-tolerance features. See
Appendix I, Fig. I4.
2.3.4 Prac tic al Abs olute Tole ranc ing. This is accom­
plished by applying gagemakers' tolerances, wear
allowances, measurement uncertainties, and form con-
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
trois in such a manner tat all of the tolerance on the
size of the gage is inside the workpiece limits of size,
but allows geometric tolerance a small infringement on
the acceptable virtual condition boundary of te work­
piece. See Appendix II.
2.4 Statistics
Statistical tolerancing may be used to calculate toler­
ances on parts that are to be gaged. This can have the
efect of increasing part yield. However, it shall be con­
sidered that gages that use the absolute tolerancing
method will reject some borderline parts tat are techni­
cally within drawing tolerances. This is to ensure ran­
dom interchangeability of mating parts. Statistically
toleranced parts commonly use tolerances that allow
virtual condition boundaries (MMC concept) to be gen­
erated on mating parts that reduce interchangeability.
GO and functional gages would then accept some parts
with statistically based tolerances that would not assem­
ble in worst-case situations.
Actual value distribution is the term associated with
the amount a feature has deviated from its perfect geom­
etry. As with the parts being toleranced, it is recom­
mended that gage deviation be studied with respect to
a gage feature's manufacturing process capability and
that this be used for analysis and setting of gage toler­
ances.
2.5 Gage Ge ometric Tolerances Ref lect Part
Ge ometric Tolerances
Each feature of the gage that represents a feature on
the workpiece is recommended to receive a tolerance
between 5% and 10% of the tolerance assigned to that
particular workpiece feature.
NOTE: This Standard recommends thatthe gage designer consider
5% of the part tolerance used as gage tolerance, with an additional
5% considered for wear allowance. These are intended as guidelines
from which to begin the gage design. Gage tolerance selection
shall take part function, safety, and economic ramifications into
consideration. Caution shall be used in consideration of accumu­
lated error with te gage components.
Gages are to be dimensioned in the same manner as
the parts that they gage, using from 5% to 10% of the
tolerance assigned to te features being gaged. It is rec­
ommended that basic dimensions be used to reduce
tolerance stack-up. If 5% to 10% of the tolerance on all
features being gaged is represented in the gage, consid­
eration should be given to the entire gage tolerance that
has accumulated. It is recommended that this tolerance
not exceed 50% of the tolerance for the specific work­
piece feature being gaged.
2.6 Gage Design Requirements
All workpieces being gaged shall be adequately
dimensioned and toler anced to enable a gage to be cre­
ated and used to check features on the workpiece.
5
ASME Y14.43-2003
2.6.1 Gage Des ign C rite ria. It is te goal of each gage
to ensure the compliance of each feature being gaged.
Gages shall be designed in a manner that reflects the
workpiece specification. Therefore, the workpiece needs
to be specified such that the functional requirements are
defined.
2.6.2 Com ple te ness. All gages shall be fully dimen­
sioned and toleranced.
2.7 Princi ples of Gage Size and Fu ll Engagement of
Features
2.7.1 Princ iple of G O a nd NOG O Gaging. MMC and
LMC are separately verifiable size requirements.
(a) The maximum material condition limit of the fea­
ture being gaged is checked using a plug gage or ring
gage, with a length equal to the maximum length of te
feature or the maximum length of engagement of the
workpiece to its mating part, and a diameter equal to the
maximum material condition of the workpiece feature.
This GO gage should fully pass into or over an in-toler­
ance workpiece feature with zero force.
(b) The least material condition limit of the workpiece
is checked with a gage designed to contact the workpiece
at two diametrically opposite points separated by a dis­
tance equal to the least material condition limit of te
workpiece. This NOGO gage should not pass into or
over an in-tolerance workpiece feature at any position.
(c) Functional gaging of virtual condition boundaries
(MMC concept) is a separately verifiable requirement
from size limits, unless the MMC and virtual condition
boundary are the same (as is the case with zero toleranc­
ing at MMC), wherein both the MMC envelope and the
virtual condition boundary may be verified with the
functional gage. The virtual condition boundary of te
feature or pattern of features being gaged is checked
wit a plug gage or ring gage of a diameter equal to
the virtual condition (MMC concept) and of length equal
to the maximum length of the feature(s) or the maximum
length of engagement of the feature to its mating part
(as indicated by feature length, partial feature control,
or projected tolerance zone, as applicable). These func­
tional gage elements should be able to fully pass into or
over an in-tolerance workpiece feature with zero force.
2.7.2 De pa rtu re F rom P rinc iples
(a) Some examples of considerations of departure
from the principles given in paras. 2.7.1(a) and (c) [gag­
ing maximum material condition and virtual condition
(MMC concept)] are
(1) the length of a GO or functional gage plug or
ring may be less than the lengt of engagement of the
mating workpieces if it is known that, with the manufac­
turing process used, the error of straightness or orienta­
tion (as applicable) of the hole, shaft, or other feature
of size is so small that it does not affect the character
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
of fit of the assembled workpieces. This deviation from
the ideal facilitates the use of standard gage blanks.
(2) for gaging a large hole, a GO or functional cylin­
drical plug gage may be too heavy for convenient use
and it is permissible to use a segmental cylindrical bar
or spherical gage if it is known that, with te manufac­
turing process used, the errors of roundness and
straightness of te hole are so small that they do not
afect te character of fit of the assembled workpieces.
(3) a GO or functional cylindrical ring gage is often
inconvenient for gaging shafts and may be replaced by
a snap-type gage if it is known that, with the manufac­
turing process used, the errors of roundness and
straightness of the shaft are so small tat they do not
afect te character of fit of the assembled workpieces.
The straightness of long shafts that have small diameters
should be checked separately.
(b) Some examples of considerations of departure
from te principles given in para. 2. 7. 1(b) (gaging least
material condition) are as follows. Gaging te least mate­
rial condition with a two-point checking device is not
always necessary or used if
(1) point contacts are subject to rapid wear, and in
most cases may be replaced, where appropriate, by small
planar, cylindrical, or spherical surfaces.
(2) for gaging very small holes, a two-point check­
ing device is dificult to design and manufacture. A
NOGO plug gage of full cylindrical form may have to
be used, but the user shall be aware that there is a
possibility of accepting workpieces having diameters
outside te NOGO limit.
(3) nonrigid workpieces may be deformed to an
oval by a two-point mechanical contact device operated
under a finite contact force. If it is not possible to reduce
the contact force almost to zero, then it will be necessary
to use a NOGO ring or plug gage of full cylindrical form.
NOT: I should be remembered tat a dedicated NOCO gage to
check least material condition at every set of two opposing points
may often be simulated suficienty by simple inspection tools,
such as micrometers with appropriate measurement tips, vernier
calipers, or even small hole gages.
2.8 Dist orti on of a Workpiece During Gaging
A gage may distort a workpiece if used without proper
care. This shall be avoided by proper handling during
the gaging process. Distortion of eiter the part or the
gage during use will impair the correctness of the gaging
operation and can lead to acceptance of nonconform­
ing parts.
2.8.1 All Chec ks F ree S ta te. Workpiece measurements
shall not be distorted to obtain compliant results. Unless
oterwise specified, all workpieces are to be inspected
in the free state. (See ASME Y14.5M-1994, para. 6.8.)
2.8.2 Res tra int. If a workpiece is to be inspected in
a restrained state (see ASME Y14.5M-1994, para. 6.8.2),
6
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
it shall be so noted on te design drawing and on the
inspection methods plan (ASME B89.7.2) for the work­
piece or te feature being inspected. These notes shall
be as complete as is necessary to ensure that te work­
piece will be inspected as it will actually function.
2.8.3 F le xib le Pa rts. Unless otherwise specified, all
flexible parts are to be inspected in the free state. If
restrained state inspection is desired, it shall be so noted
on the workpiece drawing and accompanying inspec­
tion methods plan.
2.9 Size C ontr ols F orm Princip le (En ve lope Princi p le)
(a) For Holes. The diameter of the largest perfect imag­
inary cylinder tat can be inscribed within the hole so
tat it just contacts the high points of te surface shall
be no smaller tan the maximum material condition
limit of size. The maximum diameter at any position in
te hole shall not exceed the least material condition
limit of size at any two diametrically opposed points.
(b) For Shafs. The diameter of the smallest perfect
imaginary cylinder that can be circumscribed about the
shaft so that it just contacts te high points of the surface
shall be no larger than the maximum material condition
limit of size. The minimum diameter at any position on
te shaft shall not be less than the least material condi­
tion limit of size at any two diametrically opposed
points.
(c) The above interpretations require that if the work­
piece is everywhere at its maximum material limit, the
workpiece shall be perfectly round and straight (a per­
fect cylinder). Size limits control the surface form for all
features of size such as cylinders, spheres, and any two
parallel opposed planar surfaces, such that if the feature
of size is produced uniformly at its maximum material
condition, it shall have perfect form. Unless otherwise
specified, and subject to te above requirements, depar­
tures from perfect form for all features of size may reach
te full value of the size tolerance specified when the
feature of size is produced at its least material condition.
(d) I cases where the maximum errors of form per­
mitted by the size tolerances are too large to allow satis­
factory functioning of the assembled parts, separate
tolerances of form should be specified (e.g., flatess,
straightness, circularity, and cylindricity). I cases where
the maximum errors of form permitted by te size toler­
ances are too small, the perfect form at MMC rule may
be eliminated or relaxed using one of the following
methods:
(1) a drawing note, such as "Perfect form at MMC
is not required" (see ASME Y14.5M-1994)
(2) an average dimension may be shown denoting
the feature's size only has to average within the size
tolerance
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
(3) using a control, such as straightness of the
derived median line or straightness of the derived
median plane
(e) The above rules about perfect form being required
at MMC do not apply to
(1) nonrigid features.
(2) features of stock size in the as-purchased con­
dition.
(3) features geometrically controlled by feature
control frames that use a least material condition symbol
after the specified geometric tolerance. Such features
controlled at LMC shall, when measured for size viola­
tions, conform to perfect form at LMC and for MMC
violations at every two diametrically opposed points
(e.g., on a diameter).
(f) Cross Section Versus Two Point Versus Envelope.
Unless oterwise specified, all rigid features of size are
inspected for an envelope of perfect form at MMC viola­
tion with a full-form GO gage or a simulation thereof.
Unless otherwise specified, LMC is inspected with a
two-point, opposed point inspection tool approximating
a NOGO gage. If a two-point opposed point NOGO gage
is not available, LMC violations may be approximated
through te use of a gage that measures feature cross
sections, such as small hole gages.
2.10 Functi ona l Gages Veri f Abi lity t o Assemb le
The common usage of a functional gage is to verify
a workpiece's ability to be assembled. This shall be
accomplished trough inspection of te size and geo­
metric characteristics of the workpiece feature(s) under
consideration.
2.1 1 Gaging Temperatures
Gages shall be calibrated at 20°C (68°F). See para. 5.2. 1.
2. 12 Ec on omics
When it is determined that a GO or functional gage
is not economically feasible, suitable simulations may be
constructed using other inspection tools. For example, a
computer-controlled coordinate measurement machine
may be used to acquire a digital data set. The points
may then be used to model actual values and compare
these wit a "worst case" computer design model of
the feature under test to determine violations of the
boundaries normally inspected with a hard GO or func­
tional gage. These computer-generated GO and func­
tional gages simulate the function of hard gages. Still,
it shall be remembered that the simulated "soft gage"
will verify or reject only the points probed, which are not
necessarily representative of all points on the workpiece
being gaged. Also, it is recommended for features being
gaged for interrelationships to datums, that these work­
pieces be fixtured whenever possible, to give a better
simulation of the high point planes and axes than may
be possible trough the use of probes directly on the
7
ASME Y14.43-2003
datum features. Fixtures shall be produced at a suficient
level of accuracy to ensure acceptable uncertainty.
2.12.1 I nitia l Cos t Jus tif ica tion. Fixed-limit functional
gages and fixtures may be used for inspection of work­
pieces when
(a) the ease of use serves the purpose of inspection
(b) the number of workpieces to be checked is great
enough to justify the cost of manufacturing te gages
(c) plain limit gages may be designed to match the
shape of the workpiece
(d) a large number of workpieces are to be verified
for attribute data, whereas variables data will be col­
lected on a smaller number of sample parts
(e) flexible parts are being inspected that will require
restraint
2.12.2 Spee d a nd Capab ility: Ha rd Ve rsus S of t Gages.
When considering the initial cost of investment of GO
and functional gages, the speed at which such a gage
will verify or reject part features should be considered.
These gages will normally inspect complex feature
geometry at much greater speed than many other inspec­
tion tools. However, it shall be remembered that unless
a computer-generated soft gage is used, only attribute
data is collected by hard GO and functional gages.
Whereas variables data is not normally associated with
hard GO and hard functional gage use, variables data
is commonly collected by soft GO and functional gages.
3 GAGE DESIGN
3.1 G O/NOG O Gages
3.1.1 Plug Gages
(a) Full-Form Cylindrical Plug Gages (recommended). A
full-form cylindrical plug gage has a gaging surface in
the form of an exteral cylinder. The method of attaching
the gage to the handle shall not affect te size and form
of the gage by producing an undesirable stress.
(b) Modifed Full-Form Cylindrical Plug Gages (not rec­
ommended). A small circumferential groove near the lead­
ing end of te gage and a slight reduction in diameter
of the remaining short cylindrical surface at the end may
be used to serve as a pilot to facilitate the insertion of
the gage into the workpiece hole. This Standard does
not recommend this practice. However, if used, the
actual end gaging diameter shall remain as sharp as
possible. For safety purposes, it is recommended that
the corner be broken with a 10% or 0.010 maximum
chamfer, whichever is less. A chamfer larger than this
will act as a lead and may damage the gage and/ or the
workpiece.
(c) Segmented Cylindrical Plug Gage [not recommended
by this Standard for features being gaged for violations of the
MMC envelope or the virtual condition boundary (MMC
concept)]. A segmented cylindrical plug gage has a gag-
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
ing surface in the form of an external cylinder, from
which two axial segments are either relieved or removed.
(d) Segmented Spherical Plug Gage [not recommended by
this Standard for features being gaged for violations of the
MMC envelope or the virtual condition boundar (MMC
concept)]. A segmented spherical plug gage is similar to
a full-form spherical plug gage, but it has two equal
segments cut of by planes normal to the axis of the
handle. I the transverse plane, the diameter shall con­
form everywhere to the limiting dimensions of the gage.
(e) Segmented Cylindrical Plug Gage With Reduced Mea­
suring Faces [not recommended by this Standard for features
being gaged for violations of the MMC envelope or the virtual
condition boundary (MMC concept)]. Segmented cylindri­
cal plug gages with reduced measuring faces are similar
to segmented cylindrical plug gages, but have reduced
measuring faces in a plane parallel to the axis of the
handle. I the transverse plane, the diameter shall con­
form everywhere to the limiting dimensions of the gage.
3.1. 2 S phe rical Ende d Rod Gages [ not re comme nde d
by this S tandard f or fe atures be ing gage d f or violations
of the MMC e nve lope or the virtual condition b oundary
(MMC conce pt)]. For spherical and gaging faces, the con­
tact radius of each shall not be greater than 50% of
the minimum workpiece dimension. The gage shall be
suficiently rigid so as not to flex significantly in use. Rod
gages may be either fixed or adjustable (e.g., telescoping
gage). Spherical ended rod gages are recommended by
this Standard for features being gaged for violations of
the applicable actual local size limit(s).
3.1.3 F ull-Form Cy lindrical Ring Gage ( re comme nde d).
A full-form cylindrical ring gage has a gaging surface
in te form of an internal cylinder. The wall of the ring
gage shall be suficiently thick to avoid deformation
under normal conditions of use.
3.1. 4 S nap Gage. A snap gage has, for its working
size, flat and parallel gaging surfaces. The GO and
NOGO gaps should lie on the same side of the snap
gage. The snap gage should be eiter fixed or adjustable.
3.1.5 Se tting Mas te r D is c. A setting master disc has
a gaging surface in the form of an exteral cylinder.
3.1.6 Se tting Mas te r R ing. A setting master ring has
a gaging surface in the form of an internal cylinder.
3.1.7 D if fe re ntiation. GO and NOGO gages shall be
easily distinguishable. This may be achieved by using
diferent shapes or lengts of gaging elements, such as
a short NOGO gage as compared with a long GO gage.
Alteratively, a colored marker, preferably green for GO
and red for NOGO, or a groove should be used to indi­
cate NOGO. Either way, the gages should also be marked
in a manner that will not wear off with normal usage
(e.g., stamping into a nonfunctional area on the gage).
8
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
3.2 F un cti on al Gage C onfi gur ati on
A functional gage takes its physical and functional
configuration from the product description of the com­
ponent that is to be gaged.
3.2.1 Re lations hip of De tail to Assemb ly or Othe r
F unction. Each feature to be gaged is to be inspected in
ways that ensure relationships tat shall be met in the
assembly are being gaged. This is to ensure that once
te features and workpieces are put into the assembly,
tey will assemble in a functional manner. If the func­
tional criteria are something other than assembly, the
gage shall ensure that the specific functional require­
ments have been met if te component has been passed
by te gage.
3.2.2 D atum Fe ature S im ulator. I designing gages,
simulated datums are established by the interaction of
workpiece datum features and datum feature simulators
contained on the gage. These simulators shall be of ade­
quate precision and govered by the following shape,
size, orientation, and location descriptions.
(a) Planar Feature
(1) Shape. A planar datum feature shall be simu­
lated by a flat surface. This surface shall be of suficient
area to allow contact with the entire datum feature.
(2) Orientation. A gage surface intended for the sim­
ulation of a primary datum feature needs no specific
orientation, since it establishes the orientation of oter
gage elements. A gage surface intended for the simula­
tion of a secondary or tertiary datum feature shall be
oriented at the specified or implied basic angle to the
datum(s) of higher precedence.
(b) Cylindrical Hole
(1) Shape. A hole used as a primary or secondary
datum feature shall be simulated by an exteral cylindri­
cal surface (pin) which is of suficient length to allow
engagement wit the entire datum feature. If the hole
is a tertiary datum feature, it shall be simulated by a
cylindrical surface. If it serves the purpose of angular
orientation only, it shall be simulated by a cylindrical
surface or a diamond pin.
(2) Orientation. A gage surface intended for the sim­
ulation of a primary datum feature needs no specific
orientation, since it establishes the orientation of oter
gage elements. A gage surface intended for the simula­
tion of a secondary or tertiary datum feature shall be
oriented at the specified or implied basic angle to the
datum(s) of higher precedence.
(3) Size. For a single hole, referenced on an MC
basis, the gage pin will be of fixed size; the pin size for
te simulation of a primary datum feature will be the
MC size of the feature if the feature's axis is not con­
trolled by a straightness tolerance. If the datum feature's
axis is controlled by a straightness tolerance, the simula­
tor shall be the virtual condition size. The pin size for
te simulation of a secondary and/ or tertiary datum
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
feature shall be the virtual condition size. For a single
hole referenced on an RFS basis, the gage pin shall be,
as a minimum, capable of simulating the range of sizes
from the inner boundary to te least material condition.
That is, rather than a fixed-size pin, a series of graduated
size pins or an expandable device shall be used. This
simulator shall center the datum feature regardless of
the feature's size while maintaining its basic orientation
and location to the dahus of higher precedence.
(4) Location. A gage pin intended for the simulation
of a primary datum feature has no specific location,
since it establishes the location of other gage elements.
Secondary and tertiary simulators shall be located with
respect to the simulators of higher precedence.
(c) Cylindrical Shaf
(1) Shape. A shaft that is a primary or secondary
datum feature shall be simulated by an internal cylindri­
cal surface (hole) which is of suficient length to allow
engagement with the entire datum feature. If the shaft
is a tertiary datum feature, it shall be simulated by an
interal cylindrical surface. If it serves te purpose of
angular orientation only, it shall be simulated by a cylin­
drical surface or an elongated hole.
(2) Orientation. A gage surface intended for the sim­
ulation of a primary datum feature needs no specific
orientation, since it establishes the orientation of oter
gage elements. A gage surface intended for the simula­
tion of a secondary or tertiary datum feature shall be
oriented at the specified or implied basic angle to the
datum(s) of higher precedence.
(3) Size. For a shaft, referenced on an MMC basis,
the gage hole shall be of fixed size. The gage hole size
for the simulation of a primary datum feature will be
the MMC size of the feature if the feature's axis is not
controlled by a straightness tolerance. If the datum fea­
ture's axis is controlled by a straightness tolerance, the
simulator shall be the virtual condition size. The hole
size for the simulation of a secondary and/ or tertiary
datum feature shall be the virtual condition size. For a
shaft referenced on an RFS basis, the gage hole shall be,
as a minimum, capable of simulating the range of sizes
from the inner boundary to te least material condition.
That is, rather tan a fixed-size hole, a contractible device
shall be used. This simulator shall center the datum
feature regardless of the feature's size while maintaining
its basic orientation and location to the datums of higher
precedence.
(4) Location. A gage hole intended for the simula­
tion of a primary datum feature has no specific location,
since it establishes the location of other gage elements.
Secondary and tertiary simulators shall be located with
respect to the simulators of higher precedence.
(d) Slot Widths
(1) Shape. A slot width shall be simulated by a pair
of parallel exteral opposed planar surfaces (block) that
9
ASME Y14.43-2003
are of suficient area to allow association with the entire
datum feature.
(2) Orientation. Gage surfaces intended for the sim­
ulation of a primary slot width have no specific orienta­
tion, since they establish the orientation of other gage
elements. Gage surfaces intended for the simulation of
secondary and/ or tertiary slot widts shall be oriented
at the specified or implied basic angle to te datum(s)
of higher precedence.
(3) Size. For a slot width referenced on an MMC
basis, the gage surfaces will be at a fixed separation.
The fixed separation used for the simulation of a primary
datum feature shall be the MMC size of the feature if te
feature's center plane is not controlled by a straightness
tolerance. If the datum feature's center plane is con­
trolled by a straightness tolerance, te simulator shall
be the virtual condition size. The fixed separation for the
simulation of secondary and/ or tertiary datum features
shall be the virtual condition size of the feature. For a
slot width referenced on an RFS basis, the gage surfaces
shall be, as a minimum, capable of simulating the range
of sizes from the inner boundary to the LMC. That is,
rater than a fixed-size block, a series of graduated size
blocks or an expandable device shall be used. This simu­
lator shall center the datum feature regardless of te
feature's size while maintaining its basic orientation and
location to the datum(s) of higher precedence.
(4) Location. Gage surfaces intended for the simula­
tion of a primary datum feature have no specific location,
since they establish the location of other gage elements.
Secondary and tertiary simulators shall be located with
respect to the simulators of higher precedence.
(e) Tab
(1) Shape. A tab shall be simulated by a pair of
internal opposed planar surfaces (gap) that are of sufi­
cient area to allow engagement with the entire datum
feature.
(2) Orientation. Gage surfaces intended for the sim­
ulation of primary datum features have no specific orien­
tation, since they establish the orientation of other gage
elements. Gage surfaces intended for the simulation of
secondary and/ or tertiary datum features shall be ori­
ented at the specified or implied basic angle to the
datum(s) of higher precedence.
(3) Location. Gage surfaces intended for the simula­
tion of a primary datum feature have no specific location,
since they establish the location of other gage elements.
Secondary and tertiary simulators shall be located with
respect to the simulators of higher precedence.
(4) Size. For a tab referenced on an MMC basis, the
gage surfaces shall be at a fixed separation. The fixed
separation used for the simulation of a primary datum
feature will be te MMC size of the feature if the feature's
center plane is not controlled by a straightess tolerance.
If the datum feature's center plane is controlled by a
straightness tolerance, the simulator shall be the virtual
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
Datum Feature
Simulator
Pilot Diameter
Tertiary Datum
Feature (Width)
Secondar Datum
Feature (Diameter)
Secondary Datum
Feature Simulator
Tertiar Datum
Feature Simulator
Datum Feature
Simulator Length
Workpiece
2X Chamfer
Gage Base
Tertiary Datum Feature
Simulator (Diamond Pin)
Fi g. 1 Diam ond Pin C onstructi on
condition size. The fixed separation for the simulation
of secondary and/ or tertiary datum features shall be
the virtual condition size of the feature. For a tab refer­
enced on an RFS basis, the gage surfaces shall be, as a
minimum, capable of simulating the range of sizes from
the inner boundary to the LMC. That is, rather than a
fixed-size gap, a contractible device shall be used. This
simulator shall center the datum feature regardless of
the feature's size while maintaining its basic orientation
and location to te datum(s) of higher precedence.
() Contoured and Mathematically Defned Surfaces. If a
curved or contoured surface is used as a datum feature,
it shall be represented by a datum feature simulator
meant to:
(1) contact te surface at its nominal geometry if it
is a nonclosed feature;
(2) simulate the appropriate boundary condition if
it is a closed feature.
(g) Special Condition Datum Simulators
(1) Although not the preferred practice, diamond
pins are commonly used as tertiary datum feature simu­
lators to represent cylindrical angular orientation datum
features. See Fig. 1. The pilot diameter, if diferent from
the datum feature simulator (DFS) diameter, should be
10
of a standard size. The comer of the pilot diameter
should be chamfered to aid in assembly. The DFS diame­
ter shall be the virtual condition of the workpiece's
datum feature. The length of the DFS diameter shall be,
at a minimum, the maximum lengt of the workpiece's
datum feature. The land is the portion of the DFS diame­
ter that contacts te workpiece. The land should be one­
tird of the DFS diameter. The relieved area of the DFS
diameter should be two opposed angles of 1200 inclu­
sive. The chamfer on te comer of the DFS diameter
aids in guiding the workpiece onto te DFS.
(2) As the preferred practice, cylindrical dahlm fea­
tures of size are simulated for purposes of angular orien­
tation by a cylindrical gaging element capable of a
sliding motion. This movement shall be allowed in a
direction that shall contain the part's remaining func­
tional degrees of freedom.
3.2.3 Ga ge E leme nt Conf igu ra tion
(a) Fixed Versus Removable Elements. Fixed elements
are used as datum feature simulators for simple parts
and when small quantities are to be gaged/fixtured
where element wear is minimal. Fixed elements may
also be used in machining fixtures where rigidity during
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
clamping is required. Removable elements may be used
for datum feature simulators for complex parts when
loading/unloading or indexing cannot be accomplished
with fixed elements. Removable elements may also be
used when large quantities of parts are to be gaged/
fixtured where ease of replacement of elements such as
gage pins due to wear is required. In designing a gage
with removable elements, consideration shall be given
to te efect of the removable gaging element fit on
measurement uncertainty.
(b) Movable/otational Elements. Elements that swing
away or rotate to allow clearance or access for part load­
ing require an indexing feature to provide repeatability.
I designing a gage wit rotational elements, consider­
ation should be given to te efect of the rotational gag­
ing element fit on measurement uncertainty.
3.2.4 D atum Targe t Conf iguration
(a) Datum Target Point Simulator. Spherical or hemi­
spherical pins are used to represent datum target points.
The center of te spherical simulator shall be located
offset normal to te nominal part surface by an amount
equal to te spherical radius. When a datum target is
purposely not located in a particular direction, it is to
allow a movable datum target simulator to be used. In
these instances, the surface configuration on the work­
piece at the point of contact may dictate te use of a
conical pin. If the target point to be contacted is on a
radius or other curved surface, the cone tip may stabilize
the part and contact the target point better than a sphere.
The tip of the pin is to be set at any specified basic
dimensions, but may move in the direction that has been
left undimensioned.
(b) Datum Target Line Simulator. The use of the side
of a cylindrical pin to represent datum target lines is
preferred in most instances. When a datum target is
purposely not located in a particular direction, it is to
allow a movable datum target simulator to be used. The
simulator is to be set at the specified basic dimensions
and may move in te direction that has been left undi­
mensioned.
(c) Datum Target Area Simulator. The use of a datum
target area simulator that is representative of the area
with which it is making contact is recommended. For
example, if datum target areas are planar, datum target
area simulators shall be planar. Ideally, planar area simu­
lators, when used, require full area contact with the
workpiece feature. Surface irregularities will limit the
contact to appropriate high points. The part is placed
on the target simulator in an unrestrained condition,
unless restrained contact is specified in a drawing note.
Full area contact is attempted, but irregularities in the
part surface will relegate the fixture to contacting high
points witin the target area(s). If multiple areas are
used to construct the same datum, then all areas are
treated as though they were one continuous surface
seeking to establish high point contact appropriate to
11
ASME Y14.43-2003
the datum. If multiple areas are used to establish a datum
reference frame, precedence shall be given to the order
of the datum and appropriate contact made on that basis.
3.2.5 Mate rial Condition Modif ie rs. Material condi­
tion symbols, also known as modifers, are used in geo­
metric controls on gaging elements that represent datum
features of size. Gaging elements that are features of size
may be specified at MMC, LMC, or RFS. Each material
condition symbol used has an efect on the cost of the
gage and the number of workpieces that will be accepted
by te gage. As with the tolerancing of workpieces, the
tolerancing of gages will rely on the engineering team
to determine te most appropriate use of material condi­
tion symbols.
Referencing gage datum features of size at either
MMC or LMC will allow the controlled gaging elements
to shift as a pattern as the datum feature(s) departs from
virtual condition, MMC, or LMC, as appropriate. This
will have the effect of allowing the gage to be less accu­
rate in determining an in-tolerance workpiece from an
out-of-tolerance workpiece. It may allow the gage to
accept a workpiece with features that have shifted
beyond their tolerance in a direction tat is the same as
the gage elements have shifted. More likely, though, is
the possibility that the gage patter shift will not be in
the same direction as the workpiece patter shift. This
may have the efect of the gage rejecting in-tolerance
workpieces due to the inaccuracies of te gage allowed
by the patter shift.
This Standard, therefore, recommends the use of te
regardless of feature size (RFS) concept when referenc­
ing gage datum features of size. This concept allows no
pattern shift on the gage as the datum features change
size or become more geometrically perfect. The use of
the RFS concept on datum features may cause the initial
cost of te manufacture of the gage to increase. This
initial increase should be offset over time by the benefits
of a more accurate, reliable gage.
The use of the LMC concept is most compliant in
satisfying the absolute tolerance practice. The use of
the MMC concept, however, provides the benefit of a
significant increase in the number of in-tolerance parts
passed by the gage at the cost of a small risk of accepting
marginally bad parts. For a discussion of the ramifica­
tions of material condition symbol selection and exam­
ples of each, see Appendix II.
3. 2.6 C ontrolle d Fe ature I nf lue nce on Gage. Con­
trolled features of the workpiece are to be represented
by the gage elements at teir virtual condition size for
all features using the MMC concept. If the controlled
feature is a shaft, it is represented with a gage hole, such
as a full-form ring gage. If te controlled feature is a
hole, it is represented with a full-form gage pin. No
matter what the controlled feature configuration, it is
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
Minimum Break of Corner
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
r Gage Length
������--
Gage Body
Fig. 2 Fixed Pin Construction
represented with a gage element that is the natural
inverse of the configuration being gaged.
(a) Fixed Pins. When inspecting internal features of
size for orientation or location, fixed pin gages may be
used. However, when fixed pin gages are used, it may
be difficult to determine if datum features are making
appropriate contact wit their representative gaging ele­
ments.
Fixed gage pins are designed to be assembled, and
remain fixed to their respective gage base or bod y during
the use of the gage. See Fig. 2. For through holes, the
minimum gage length of the gage pin is te maximum
length of the feature being gaged. For blind holes, the
gage length of the gage pin is te minimum length of
the feature being gaged. The functional corers of the
gage pins shall remain as sharp as possible without
being a safety concern. This is to prevent the workpiece
from leading onto the gage, accepting a bad part, and/ or
possibly damaging the workpiece or the gage. The pilot
end of the gage pin should be chamfered to aid in assem­
bling the gage pin into the gage base or body.
(b) Pushpins. To facilitate loading and unloading the
workpiece, pushpin gage design may often be more
desirable than te fixed pin concept. The pushpin con­
cept allows the part to first seat appropriately in its
datum reference frame, before an attempt is made to
insert the gage pins into the gage and the part being
gaged.
An additional application of the pushpin gage design
is to inspect multiple patters of features which allow
separate gaging requirements. This could reduce the
total number of gages required.
If the pushpin gage design is employed, the part toler­
ance shall be divided between the gage pin size limits
and its counterpart gage hole's positional tolerance. Con­
sideration shall also be given to the fit between the gage
pin and its counterpart gage hole. Caution shall be used
in te design of pushpin gages to ensure tolerances given
to the gage holes and the pins that are used in tem
provide for a pin tat can be easily inserted and extracted
from its gage hole, yet with a minimum of clearance.
12
With absolute tolerancing, the tolerance on the gage
pin size is to be all plus and no minus. The gage hole
receiving the pin shall have tolerance as welL Its size
shall be at least as large as te gage pin's MMC if the
gage pin is always to enter its gage hole.
It is recommended that projected tolerance be used
on these types of gage holes, since the gage hole gives
orientation to the gage pin. The amount of tolerance
used has te efect of possibly increasing te virtual
size of the gage pin (MMC concept virtual condition),
consequently infringing on the controlled hole's virtual
condition boundary (MMC concept). This has te efect
of creating a gage pin virtual condition larger than the
virtual condition of the hole it checks. The more toler­
ance that is given to the projected tolerance zone of
te gage hole, the greater te probability of rejecting
controlled part holes theoretically acceptable in accor­
dance with the engineering drawing. Size tolerances
given the gage pin shall be kept to a minimum. See
ASME B4.2 for sliding fits.
Pushpins are designed to be movable or removable,
depending upon the application. Two types of pushpins
will be referred to as Type 1 and Type 2.
(1) Type 1 pushpins are designed to be removed
from the gage base or body while loading and unloading
te workpiece being inspected. See Fig. 3. The pilot is
te portion of te pushpin that guides the pin into the
gage body, positioning the gage pin in te proper loca­
tion and orientation. The engagement length of the pilot
is te interface between the pilot and the gage body
before te gage diameter reaches the workpiece. Engage­
ment length should be 2.5 to 3 times the diameter of te
pilot. This is to ensure the gage pin is fully positioned
and oriented before the gage diameter reaches the work­
piece. The gage diameter is the actual gaging element
of the gage pin. The length of the gage diameter shall
be, at a minimum, the maximum length of the feature
being gaged. The functional corers of the gage diameter
shall remain as sharp as possible witout being a safety
concer.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
I
Gage Length
I
V
Gage Diameter
I
I
Part Thickness
f
' )
mum Mi ni
Brea
of C
t
Pilot Le
Engagement
:mer
I
Pilot Diameter J L
L Chamfer
Gage Pin
Part
Gage Body
Fig. 3 Pushpin Construction - Type 1
13
l
ASME Y14.43-2003
ngth
Disengaged
Engaged
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
- -
II
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
[Gage Length
Minimum Break
I
Gage D iameter
t
Pilot Diameter
/ LEn a ement JL Chamfer g g
Gage Pin
Gage Riser Block
Gage Base
Fig. 4 Pushpin Construction - Type 2
(2) Type 2 pushpins are designed to remain assem­
bled with the gage block or body, but are retracted to
facilitate loading and unloading the workpiece. See Fig.
4. The engagement length of the pilot is the interface
between te pilot and te gage body before te gage
diameter reaches the workpiece. The engagement length
should be at least 4 times the diameter of the pilot, to
assure stable positioning of the pushpin. The pilot is
the portion of the pushpin that engages the gage body,
giving te pushpin proper location and orientation. The
pilot length shall be, at a minimum, the sum of the widt
of the gage body and any distance between the gage
body and the workpiece. The pilot diameter should be
of a standard size, approximately 30% larger tan the
gage diameter. Gage diameter is the actual gaging ele­
ment of the pushpin. The minimum gage length is the
maximum length of the feature being gaged. The func­
tional comers of the gage diameter shall remain as sharp
as possible without being a safety concern.
(c) The boundary concept is used when tolerance
zones are to be verified by gaging the virtual condition
(MMC concept) boundaries generated. Originally
explained in previous editions of ASME Y14.SM for elon­
gated holes and shafts, the concept was expanded in
14
ASME Y14.SM -1994 to include the more unusual shaped
features not considered features of size in past editions
of ASME Y14.SM. Still, the concept is the same for a
common cylindrical feature being oriented or positioned
as it is for an oddly configured feature. If a virtual condi­
tion boundary can be calculated for the controlled fea­
ture, a gage can be constructed to gage that boundary.
I such instances where te boundary is to be gaged
specifically in lieu of a tolerance zone, the word
"BOUNDARY" is noted beneath the controlled feature's
feature control frame.
(d) Simultaneous Versus Separate Requirements. The
simultaneous gaging principle is invoked when the same
datums in te same order of precedence are used for
location in controls on feature patterns, and use te same
material condition modifiers after any datum features
of size referenced. Multiple patterns of features that fall
under the simultaneous gaging requirement rule shall
be inspected wit te same gage simultaneously. This
is more restrictive than a separate requirement. Separate
gaging requirements would use a separate gage for each
pattern and for many reasons (such as rocking on datum
features and patterns shifting in diferent directions) are
less restrictive than a simultaneous requirement.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
Although separate gaging requirements would, in con­
cept, accept a greater number of workpieces gaged, it
shall be remembered tat such gaging metods would
not ensure that the multiple patters of features gaged
with separate gages would assemble with one part that
contained mating features for all patterns simultane­
ously.
One main purpose of using a simultaneous gaging
requirement is to ensure that multiple patterns of fea­
tures will function as though they were one pattern,
e.g., all simultaneously mating with multiple patterns
of features that are also simultaneously gaged on the
mating parts in the assemb 1 y. When i t is desired to clarify
that patters are to be simultaneously gaged, a note (as
allowed by ASME YI4.5M-1994) such as SI RQT may
be placed on the product drawing next to all features
that are part of the simultaneous gaging requirement.
When it is desired to clarify that patters may be sepa­
rately gaged, a note such as SEP RQT may be placed
on the product drawing next to all features that may be
confused as a simultaneous gaging requirement.
It is important to remember that the simultaneous
gaging requirement rule does not automatically apply
to the lowest segment of a composite feature control
frame. If such a requirement exists, a note such as SI
RQT shall be placed on the product drawing to the
right of the lowest level of the composite feature control
frame.
3.3 Desi gn C onstraints
As with any measurement tool, consideration shall be
given to the advantages and disadvantages of gages
as they pertain to the design, manufacture, use, and
maintenance of the gage.
3.3.1 Use f ul L ife. Gages wear as they are used. Even­
tually, the gage will wear beyond acceptable limits and
begin to accept parts that are not within tolerance. There­
fore, gages shall be closely monitored for wear to deter­
mine when it is appropriate to replace or refurbish the
gage. Where possible, the original gage design should
facilitate both the monitoring and the maintenance.
3.3.2 Ava ilab ility of Comme rcia l Com pone nts. When
it is possible to purchase off-the-shelf components for
gages, they should be considered for use. This practice
has the potential to reduce the original and refur­
bishment costs of the gages.
3.3.3 S ize a nd We ight. Whenever possible, gages
should be made at a physical size and weight that allow
the gage to be easily handled for optimal use. A gage
that is unnecessarily heavy may be dificult to maneuver
and use. If dificult to handle, damage may be caused
to te workpiece or the gage while inspecting the work­
piece.
15
ASME Y14.43-2003
3.3.4 Phys ica l Prope rties. The material used for gages
shall be selected with due consideration to stability,
durability, and rigidity.
(a) Material. Gaging elements shall normally be manu­
factured from a high quality tool steel suitably selected
to provide a high degree of wear resistance after heat
treatment. Other wear-resistant materials (e.g., tungsten
carbide) may be used, provided that their wear qualities
are not less tan those of the tool steel specified above.
Hard chromium plating may also be applied to gaging
surfaces, but the tickness of deposit shall at least accom­
modate the normal wear of the gage.
There may be specific applications where the use of
special materials (e.g., glass) is necessitated by the nature
of the workpiece or the manufacturing environment. In
such applications, care shall be taken to establish gage
calibration procedures at sufficient frequency such that
wear of te gages is adequately controlled.
(b) Hardness. The hardness of the gaging surface shall
be at least 700 HV (60 HRC).
(c) Stabilization. The gage manufacturer shall ensure
that the gages are adequately stabilized by a method
appropriate to the material, their shape, and size.
(d) Surface Texture. The surface texture shall be consist­
ent wit the accuracy of the gage desired. The maximum
roughness values are expressed in roughness average
values, Ra, for the preferred classes. See ASME B4.2 and
ASME B46. 1. Consideration should be given to speci­
fying additional surface texture parameters that will
provide greater control of surface topography tan does
the Ra specification and will allow greater likelihood of
conforming to the design criteria listed in para. 3.
3.3.5 Ma rking. Each gage and fixture, and its associ­
ated hardware, shall be legibly and permanently marked
wit the particulars listed below. The marking shall be
on oter than gaging surfaces and shall not afect the
accuracy of the gages. Mark
(a) the workpiece limits or, alternatively, te value of
the basic size and the symbol designating the tolerance
zone of the workpiece
(b) GO or NOGO, as applicable
(c) manufacturer's name or trademark
(d) serial or part number (optional)
NOT: For plug gages with renewable ends, marking shall appear
on the handle and on the renewable ends.
3. 3. 6 E rgonom ic Req uireme nts. A gage shall be
designed that considers ease of use. Not only are size
and weight to be considered, but also configuration.
Where appropriate, handling features such as gripping
features and lift rings should be designed into the gage.
Gage tables or other similar types of handling devices
may be included as part of the design.
(a) Safety Considerations. Consideration shall be given
to safety. Whenever possible, sharp corners should be
removed, weight should be minimized, and size and
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
configuration optimized for ability to be handled and
safety.
(b) Process Aids. To ensure the correct use of the gaging
device, consideration shall be given to providing process
aids, such as picture panels or process pictures, that will
aid in the performance of the gaging operation.
(c) Separate Gage Details. Where the gage design
includes separate details that comprise the gage device,
provision shall be made to store the loose components
of the gage assembly and ensure proper use of the gage
assembly. Examples could include pushpins, setting
blocks, and calibration artifacts.
3.3.7 E nvironme nt
(a) Storage Environment. Gages shall be stored in an
environment that is conducive to optimal preservation.
Whenever possible, gages shall be repackaged between
uses. It is recommended that te gage be coated with a
corrosion-preventive substance (e.g., light machine oil
or its equivalent). Caution shall be used with oil and
plastic parts. Compatibility shall be investigated.
(b) Use Environment. In designing the gage, due con­
sideration shall be given to environmental factors tat
may have a detrimental influence on use or maintenance
of the gage. Some of these factors may include oil, chips,
water, atmosphere, contaminants, and vibration.
3.4 C oeficient of Expansi on
Coefcient of expansion is the value that represents the
amount that a material expands or contracts relative to
a change in temperature, resulting in thermal expansion.
See ASME BS9.6.2.
(a) Gages With Components of the Same Material. Where
practical, some components of the gage may be fabri­
cated of the same material as te parts being gaged, in
order to minimize the efects of thermal expansion (e.g.,
an aluminum base for a gage checking an aluminum
part). However, the datum feature simulators and the
gaging elements shall meet the requirements of para.
3.3.4(b).
(b) Gages With Components of Different Material. When
gages have components of diferent material tan te
part being gaged, such as a steel gage base for an alumi­
num part, the effect of thermal expansion on the gaging
process shall be analyzed. However, inspecting the parts
at 20°C (6S0F) will control the effects of thermal
expansion.
3. 5 Ga gin g of F lexib le Parts
The design of gages that are intended to be used with
flexible parts shall recognize te restraint requirements
as defined on the engineering drawing and simulate
these requirements as prescribed. It is assumed that te
engineering drawing shall describe the restraint require­
ments sufficiently to duplicate the expected functional
conditions. The gage can then be designed to reproduce
16
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
tese requirements and minimize the gaging error. The
process tooling (e.g., tooling fixtures) may include addi­
tional supports used for machining purposes that may
not appear on the gage.
3.6 Repeatabi lity
Gages are designed to produce optimum repeatability
of measurements taken. Repeatability is greatly affected
by the form and orientation controls given to gage ele­
ments. The tighter the form and orientation controls, the
easier it is to seat and orient te part on the gage in the
same manner each time te gage is used. Inspectors will
vary in their handling of gages; this also may afect the
repeatability of the gaging results.
Environmental stability is a maj or factor in repeatabil­
ity. An unstable environment will cause gaging results to
vary. Therefore, the environment should be as carefully
controlled as possible.
4 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCI NG
4.1 Genera l
Gages shall be dimensioned and toleranced in a man­
ner that is reflective of the dimensioning and tolerancing
method used on the workpieces being gaged. When
practical, tolerances are assigned to be ten to twenty
times tighter tan the features being gaged.
4.2 Tolerance Ca lcu lati on
4.2.1 G O Ga ges. GO gages are made to the MMC
size of the feature(s) tey gage. GO gages check perfect
form at MMC, by gaging the MMC size for an envelope
violation.
4.2.2 Fu nc tiona l Ga ges. Functional gages are made
relative to the virtual condition (MMC concept) of the
feature(s) they gage. Functional gages check for a viola­
tion of the virtual condition boundary (MMC concept).
See dimensioning and tolerancing options in Appen­
dix A.
4.2.3 Ga ge Tole ra nce. It is recommended that 5% of
te workpiece tolerance be used as gagemakers' toler­
ance, with an optional 5% considered for wear allow­
ance. Combined, they make up the total gage tolerance
(5-10%), which is applied to the MMC size limit for a
GO gage or to the virtual condition (MMC concept) limit
for a functional gage. See paras. 4.3.1 and 4.3.2.
4.2.4 Workp iece Tole ra nce. Workpiece tolerance for a
GO gage is to be considered the diference between
te MMC and LMC size of te feature being gaged.
Workpiece tolerance for a functional gage is to be consid­
ered the diference between the virtual condition (MMC
concept) and the LMC size of the feature being gaged.
4.2.5 Virtua l Condition (MMC Concep t). Virtual condi­
tion (MMC concept) for all internal features of size is
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
calculated by subtracting te geometric tolerance appli­
cable at MMC from te MMC size of the feature. Virtual
condition (MMC concept) for all exteral features of size
is calculated by adding the geometric tolerance applica­
ble at MMC to the MMC size of te feature.
4.3 Tolerance Distributi on
4.3.1 S ize a nd Ge ometric Tole ra nces. The distribution
of gage tolerances between size and geometric controls
should be done in a way that optimizes te manufacture
of the gage and the acceptance of all gages within the
extremes of the range of total gage tolerance. This may
at times, call for geometric tolerances assigned to the
gage to be zero tolerance at MMC or LMC. However, if
some of te gage tolerance appears in te feature control
frame, as well as some in the size limits, the RFS concept
may be employed.
4.3.2 Applica tion of Tole ra nces. Under the absolute
gaging policy, all gagemakers' tolerances, wear allow­
ances, and measurement uncertainties shall be held
within the workpiece/part size limits.
5 USAGE
5.1 Genera l
Functional gages inspect for violations of the virtual
condition boundary created by the use of the MMC
concept. Functional gages are dimensioned and toler­
anced relative to the virtual condition of te features
they check (see examples of gage policy and wear allow­
ance in Appendix A). Gages should be used in a manner
that closely duplicates how te feature being gaged will
function. If the part is to be used in an assembly, the
gage design should duplicate assembly conditions.
5.2 En vi ronmenta l C on diti ons
5.2.1 Tem pe ra tu re. All part dimensions and toler­
ances apply at a temperature of 20°C (68°F). If both the
gage and the workpiece are at 20°C (68°F), tere is no
measurement error caused by temperature. For other
conditions, te efects of termal expansion on the gage
and the workpiece shall be considered. Should the gage
and the workpiece be at the same temperature, which
is other than 20°C (68°F), both will expand by an amount
that can be calculated as KL(T -20), where K is the coefi­
cient of expansion, L is the lengt, and T is the tempera­
ture in degrees Celsius.
With the same coeficients of expansion, no tempera­
ture-related measurement uncertainty is introduced.
However, when dealing with diferent coeficients of
expansion, temperature-related measurement uncer­
tainty becomes a factor. If the gage or the workpiece
is constructed of more than one component and tese
components have diferent coeficients of expansion, the
structure should be examined to see if an additional
17
ASME Y14.43-2003
uncertainty could occur because of twist or bend.
Among the many other factors to consider are
(a) Slowly Changing Temperature. Should the air tem­
perature slowly change over time, and thermal conduc­
tivities that are in the structures of te gage and the
workpiece happen to be high, uncertainty caused by
temperature can be scrutinized based on the premise
that the temperatures of the gage and the workpiece are
uniform, but not equaL
(b) Quickly Changing Temperature. If minor, fast air
temperature changes take place, and if the gage and the
workpiece are of large mass, the efect of the temperature
changes could be smalL I these situations, not enough
heat flows in and out of the gage and the workpiece
to change the temperature significantly. Rapid and/ or
large-magnitude air temperature fluctuations may
impose diferential temperature changes on the gage
and the workpiece, which can cause them to twist and
bend. The uncertainty of this shall be taken into consid­
eration and, if possible, avoided.
(c) Radiant Energy, Such as Sunlight and Artifcial Light­
ing. Sunlight should be avoided, and artificial lighting
and radiant energy outside the visible spectrum should
be held to a minimum. Indirect lighting is often effective.
Lighting should be as uniform as possible, to prevent
uneven heating of gage and workpiece. One of the most
prevalent problems caused by radiant energy is in the
flatess of large surfaces. Some oter factors of tempera­
ture which shall be considered are: workpieces not stabi­
lized to the inspection environment, air from heating or
cooling ducts, and te body heat of the inspector. See
ASME B89.6.2 for further information on environmental
conditions.
5.2.2 Hum idity. The presence of excessive humidity
can cause deterioration of gage elements due to corro­
sion of metal surfaces and can also cause discomfort to
personneL Bot of tese factors could have a negative
efect on gaging accuracy. Therefore, it is important to
have a measuring environment where humidity is main­
tained at a level that does not allow this to occur. It is
recommended that the relative humidity shall not
exceed 45%. See ASME B89.6.2 for further information
on environmental conditions.
5.2.3 Contam ina tion. Contamination of the measur­
ing environment can have detrimental efects on gage
accuracy. Therefore, it is important to maintain a clean
environment that is free of grease, grime, and dirt. Gage
precision will be afected by the presence of foreign
particles, especially when tolerances are smalL
5.3 Certificati on an d Ca librati on
5.3.1 Ce rtif ica tion. Certification is a process that is
done either when the gage is first brought into the facility
or after the gage is reworked. A gage is certified by
being checked in a controlled environment to see that
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
all of the dimensions and tolerances are met. A gage
can be certified as a master gage, which is rarely used,
for use in checking oter gages. A gage can be certified
for use in a sample-checking area for checking parts and
be held to a more open tolerance. The third gage is a
shop gage, and is used on the shop floor to check a part
as it comes of the machine. A part can be checked on
a sample-checking gage when the shop gage shows that
a part is out of tolerance. A gage used in a shop is not
required to be as accurate as a master or sample­
checking gage, and so only needs to be accurate to a
greater tolerance range, but still within specified gage
tolerances.
5.3.2 C alib ration. Calibration is what is done in given
time frames, according to the usage of the gage and
material of the gage and part. Calibration is done after
the gage is certified. The time frame is stated either
on the gage or on documentation with the gage. The
dimensions and tolerances are all checked again to see
that they still meet the dimensional requirements of the
gage. If they meet the requirements of the gage drawing,
the gage is still certified, but this is not a recertification
of the gage. If the gage does not meet specifications, the
gage can be downgraded from a master gage to a
sample-checking gage or some other way. The gage can
also become out of tolerance. If this happens, the gage
is either scrapped or reworked. If a gage is reworked,
then it shall be recertified.
5.3.3 F req ue ncy. The frequency of use of a gage can
have deteriorating efects over time. Depending on the
gage design, the effects of wear, damage, burrs, or
dimensional instability can cause measuring errors if
gage deterioration is not detected accurately.
5.3.4 Me thodology
(a) Control of Geometric Characteristics. The composite
tolerance on geometric characteristics of fixed gages
shall not exceed 50% of the applicable tolerance on the
workpiece feature being gaged. The geometric toler­
ances shall be held within the workpiece size limit
dimensions. Geometric tolerances that may be used on
gages include straightess, flatness, circularity, cylin­
dricity, profile, perpendicularity, parallelism, angularity,
position, concentricity, symmetry, and runout. See
ASME YI4.5M-1994.
(b) Fixed Limit Gage Size Checking. There are many
methods that may be used to determine the gage size.
It is important that the gaging surfaces of the snap gage,
the gage block, and the setting master disc (depending
on te method used) be carefully wiped clean before
any measurements are performed. For setting master
discs, it is also recommended that the disc be greased
with a thin film of petroleum j elly and then carefully
wiped, without rubbing of the petroleum j elly. Four
basic methods for checking te sizes of fixed limit gages
are described below.
18
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
(1) Setting Master Disc Method. For a GO snap gage,
two setting master discs are used. The snap gage should
pass over the setting master disc for a new GO snap
gage in a vertical direction, under the working load,
after having been brought carefully to rest in contact
with the disc and ten released. Inertia forces are thus
avoided.
The GO snap gage should not pass over the wear
check disc when this is applied in the same manner
described above. If te GO snap gage passes over the
wear check reference disc, then the gage should be
reworked or replaced. The wear check disc is slightly
larger than the setting master disc.
For a NOGO snap gage, the snap gage should just
pass over the appropriate setting master disc when tis
is applied in the manner described above.
(2) Gage Block Method. This method utilizes a set of
gage blocks and is appropriate to both GO and NOGO
snap gages. A combination of gage blocks is wrung to
te appropriate workpiece limit. The gage block combi­
nation is then progressively increased or decreased as
required until te snap gage just passes over the gage
block combination in a vertical direction, under the
working load. An acceptable alternative is for te gage
blocks, applied vertically to the snap gage, to just pass
trough the gap under their own weight.
The size of the gage block combination should be
noted and compared wit the GO and NOGO gage
limits as appropriate.
(3) Setting Master Disc and Gage Block Method. This
method utilizes a setting master disc, wit a diameter
smaller than te working size of te snap gage, in con­
junction with a set of gage blocks and is appropriate
to both GO and NOGO snap gages. The gage block
combination is adjusted such that the gap gage just
passes over the combined width of the gage block(s)
and the setting master disc in a vertical direction, under
te working load.
The sum of the sizes of the gage block(s) and the
setting master disc should be noted and compared with
te GO and NOGO gage limit as appropriate.
(4) Comparison to Setting Masters by Indication. A
right-angle plate is placed on a surface plate, and the
snap gage to be calibrated is mounted on the right-angle
plate with its gaging surfaces parallel to the surface
plate. An indicator (mechanical or electronic, depending
on accuracy requirement) mounted on a transfer stand
is used to transfer the known size from the calibrated
setting master to the gaging surfaces of the snap gage,
and any deviation from the known size may be recorded
from the indicator reading.
NOTE: Al of the preceding methods are applicable for fixed or
adjustable snap gages, except method (1), whc is mainly used
for fixed snap gages.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
5.4 Referee Gaging
In situations where mediation is required to accept/
rej ect a part, a referee gage may be required. This gage
takes precedence over all other gages and is the final
arbiter on whether a part is good or bad.
There are many diferent applications for gages. Most
of the discussion in tis Standard deals with gaging
finished product requirements. There are also require­
ments for in-process gaging procedures. It is often con­
sidered good gaging practice to have available two sets
of gages. One set will be used for in-process gaging and
the other for final inspection.
If workpieces are rejected by the in-process gages,
they can be set aside for a final inspection procedure
using te more tightly toleranced final inspection gage.
Since this gage is stored in a controlled environment
more conducive to gage preservation and appropriate
usage, it is generally the more reliable of the gages and
used as the final arbiter in the status of te workpiece.
The more tightly toleranced gages are known as ref­
eree gages.
5.4.1 I n-P rocess Gaging. In-process gaging has sev­
eral uses. One use is to audit the product of a controlled
process. GO and functional gages will not show the
actual quantitative value of the part; however, tey will
show if a part is outside of the acceptable limits. Since
gaging will not satisfy the quantitative data collection
required for statistical process capability studies, if such
data is required, augmenting inspection methods shall
be used. Anoter benefit is that in-process gaging can be
used in place of building nearly duplicate final product
gaging. Normally, this set of in-process gages, which are
used by manufacturing personnel, will be provided with
a larger wear allowance than the final acceptance gages.
This is because the in-process gage will receive use in
an environment more hostile to optimum gage handling
and preservation. These gages tend to wear out faster
than a gage used in an inspection-controlled envi­
ronment.
5.4.2 Fina l Acce pta nce Gaging. Final acceptance gag­
ing may have tighter tolerances and is likely to be housed
in a controlled environment more conducive to gage
preservation and appropriate usage. It is generally the
more reliable of the gages and is used as the final arbiter
in determining the status of te workpiece. Worn gages
may actually make better final acceptance gages,
because as long as they do not violate the boundary
they are designed to verify, more good parts will be
accepted by them than by the newer gage with more
material. If a process is not reliable, gaging 100% of the
product as final acceptance may be required.
19
ASME Y14.43-2003
5. 5 Alignment Prin ci p le
The principle of alignment should be followed as
closely as possible in all instruments for measuring
dimensions. For example, the axis or center plane of the
feature or dimension being measured should be aligned
wit the appropriate reference element of the gage. It
may be the appropriate alignment is perpendicular to
the axis or center plane, oriented to te datums to which
the feature is controlled, or oriented to the desired geom­
etry of te feature being gaged. Whatever te appro­
priate alignment is, it should be observed during gaging
for the best results.
5.6 Measurement For ce
All measuring and gaging operations involving this
Standard are understood to be implemented wit zero
measuring force.
NOT: This statement is not meant to supersede drawing notes
that describe part restraint necessary to measure parts that are
subject to variation i the free state.
If a measurement is carried out with a measuring force
exerted on the part oter than zero, its result should
be corrected accordingly. A correction, however, is not
always required for parts where it is determined te
measurement force exerted is not suficient to interfere
wit te accuracy of measurements as they pertain to
part function.
5.7 Hand ling
Where appropriate, it is recommended that gages be
insulated against the warmth of the hand of the user, as
this is likely to significantly afect the gage dimensions.
6 FIXURES
6.1 Genera l
There are two common types of fixtures. The first is
designed to hold and seat the workpiece during manu­
facture. The second is designed as a checking fixture
used to hold (when appropriate) and seat the workpiece
during inspection.
6.2 Simi larities t o Gages
Fixtures and gages share the same datum feature
element representation. Unlike gages, fixtures do not
normally contain elements representing the controlled
features.
6.2.1 Da tums. Depending on the specified material
condition, part features are represented by simulated
datum features using standard gage components (of­
the-shelf, catalogue listed), such as collets, arbors, pins,
bushings, etc. Datum target points are contacted by
spherical locators, datum target lines by tangent surfaces
on dowel pins, datum target areas by rest pads or jig
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
legs, and part datum feature planar surfaces by ground
tool stock.
Dimensions locating and interrelating part features
originate from the datum reference frames specified on
the workpiece drawing. Dimensions that locate and
interrelate gage elements originate from simulated
datum features (fixtures), also identified as datums in
accordance with ASME Y14.5M-1994 on gage drawings.
Parts and gages have corresponding basic dimensions,
geometric characteristics, and datum references. As on
part drawings, datum features on gages shown perpen­
dicular, coaxial, or symmetrical to each other shall be
controlled for location or orientation to avoid incomplete
drawing specifications.
Measurement uncertainty (setup error) can occur
when form and other geometric tolerances are not speci­
fied to refine and interrelate part and gage datum fea­
tures. Tolerance stack-ups and candidate reference
frames (see ASME Y14.5.1M -1994) occur when part loca­
tion in three-dimensional space is uncertain due to inac­
curate part or gage datum features.
Gage fixture features shall make physical contact with
or engage part datum features, and contact or engage­
ment shall be maintained and verified before other part
features are gaged. Verification of physical contact or
engagement shall be included in the design of functional
gages.
20
DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES
FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES
6.2.2 Ove rriding Cons traints. Fixtures, altough not
usually as costly as gages, will require an initial invest­
ment of capital to design and construct. It is assumed
tat if a fixture is to be used, it will pay for itself over
time by making workpiece fabrication and measurement
faster and more accurate.
6.2.3 Re pe atab ility. As with other tools used to assist
in the manufacture and inspection of workpieces,
repeatability of measurement is greatly afected by the
form and orientation of the elements of the fixture that
contact the datum features on the part. The better te
form and orientation, and the fewer times a part is
removed from the fixture between measurements, the
more repeatable the measurements.
6.3 Diferences Fr om G ages
The only diference between a fixture and a gage is
tat the fixture contains no elements to represent the
controlled features. It is constructed with gage or fixture
elements tat represent the part's datum features but
none of the controlled features, and may include clamp­
ing elements where appropriate. It is understood that,
unlike a gage, a checking fixture will be required to be
used in conjunction with some method of collecting
variables data, such as a computer-controlled coordi­
nate-measuring machine.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
MANDATORY APPENDI X I
I LLUSTRATI ONS OF GAGI NG POLI CY
Figures I1 through 14 are intended only as illustrations
of gaging applications and policies. The absence of a
figure illustrating the desired application is neither rea­
son to assume inapplicability nor basis for drawing rejec­
tion. I some instances, te figure shows added detail
for emphasis; in other instances, the figure is incomplete
by intent.
21
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
Inner Boundar
MMC Hole 12.0
- Geo Tol at MMC - 0.2
Inner Boundary Hole 1 1 .8
WORKPI ECE
2X 11 2 +
0.2
o
1 -1 1 0.2
@1 A l B
1
C
1
Outer Boundar
LMC Hole 1 2.2
+ Geo Tol at LMC + 0.4
Outer Boundary Hole 1 2.6
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
MANDATORY APPENDIX I
Datum Feature C
Simulator
Fig. 1 1 Workpiece for G aging P olicy Eamp les
2
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
MANDATORY APPENDIX I
ABSOLUTE TOLERANCI NG GAGE
2X ¢1 1 .80 - 1 1 .84
1 -I ¢ o ©I
A
I
B
l c l
Inner Boundar
¢ LMC Gage Pin
- Geo Tol at LMC
¢ Inner Boundary Gage Pin
1 1 .8
o
1 1 .8
Outer Boundar
¢ MMC Gage Pin
+ Geo Tol at MMC
¢ Outer Boundary Gage Pin
1 1 .84
+ 0.04
1 1 .88
Since the inner boundary ot the holes being gaged is not larger than the inner boundary
ot the gage pin, no out-ot-tolerance workpieces will be accepted by the gage.
Fig. 12 Abs olute Gaging P olicy
23
ASME Y14.43-2003
2.3.1
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003 MANDATORY APPENDIX I
Fig. 13(a)
OPTI MISTIC TOLERANCI NG GAGE
2X ¢1 1 .76 - 1 1 . 80
1 -I
¢
o @I
A
I
B
l c l
Inner Boundar
¢ LMC Gage Pin
-Geo Tol at LMC
¢ Inner Boundary Gage Pin
EXAM PLE 1 : Not Quite Optimistic.
1 1 .76
- 0.04
1 1 .72
Outer Boundar
¢ MMC Gage Pin
+ Geo Tol at MMC
¢ Outer Boundary Gage Pin
1 1 .8
+ 0
1 1 .8
Technically, since the outer boundar of the gage pin is not bigger than the inner
boundary of the hole being gaged, no good (in-tolernce) workpiece will be rejeced by
the gage pin. But, sinc most would agree that a 1 1 .8 diameter pin will not f into a hole
made at its 1 1 .8 diameter inner boundar, the following option is called Optimistic.
See Fig. 13(b) for Example 2.
Fig. 1 3 Optimistic Gaging P olicy
24
2.3.2
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
MANDATORY APPENDIX I
Fig. 13{b)
OPTI MI STIC TOLERANCI NG GAGE
2X ¢1 1 . 76 - 1 1 .79
1 -I ¢ o @I A
I
B
l c l
Inner Boundar
¢ LMC Gage Pin
- Geo Tol at LMC
¢ Inner Boundary Gage Pin
EXMPLE 2: Optimistic.
1 1 .76
- 0.03
1 1 .73
Outer Boundar
¢ MMC Gage Pin
+ Geo Tol at MMC
¢ Outer Boundary Gage Pin
1 1 .79
+ 0
1 1 .79
The amount of reduction of the outer boundar and the maximum material condition of
the gage pin must be based on a carful consideration of how much reduction is
necssary to assure that no borderline, technically in-tolerance, workpieces are rejected
by the gage.
See Fig. 13{a) for Example 1 .
Fig. 1 3 Optimistic Gaging P olicy (C ont'd)
25
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
TOLERANT TOLERANCI NG GAGE
2X ¢1 1 .8 ±0.01
I -I ¢ 0.02
1
Al B
1
C
1
Inner Boundary Outer Boundar
¢ LMC Gage Pin 1 1 .79 ¢ MMC Gage Pin 1 1 .81
-Geo Tol at LMC - 0.02 + Geo Tol at MMC + 0.02
¢ Inner Boundar Gage Pin 1 1 .77 ¢ Outer Boundary Gage Pi n 1 1 .83
The inner boundary of the gage pin is smaller than the worst case acceptable hole. If the
gage pin is producd at a size or condition that occupies less area around true position
than the hole being gaged, the gage will accept a small percentage of out-of-tolerance
workpieces. The MMC and the outer boundary of the gage pin is larger than the inner
boundary of the hole being gaged. If the gage pin is produced at a size or condition that
occupies more area around true position than the hole being gaged, the gage will reject
a small percentage of in-tolerance workpiecs.
Fig. 1 4 Tolerant Gaging P olicy
26
MANDATORY APPENDIX I
2.3.3
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
MANDATORY APPENDIX I I
MATERIAL CONDI TI ON EXPLANATI ON
Figure III will be used here to show the diferences
between, as well as the advantages and disadvantages
derived from, each material condition symbol. It is con­
trolled wit zero positional tolerancing at MMC, because
this allows the total workpiece hole tolerance to be
shown in te size requirements. Each hole diameter is
11. 8 to 12.2. This would generate an inner boundary
diameter for the hole of 11.8 (11. 8 - 0) and an outer
boundary of 12.6 (12.2 + 0.4). The diference between
these two boundaries equals a tolerance of 0.8 (12.6 -
11.8) between the inner and outer hole boundaries.
Therefore, the gage pins, as shown in Fig. II2, could
be sized and geometrically controlled by 2x 11. 80-11.84
DI. with a zero positional tolerance at MMC. If the
MMC modifier was used in the gage pins feature control
frame, it would generate an inner boundary for the gage
pin of a diameter of 11. 76 (11.80 - 0.04) and an outer
boundary for te gage pin of a diameter of 11. 84 (11.84
+ 0). The actual smallest gage pin diameter is 11.8.
For comparison, let us consider te situation if the
gage pins, as shown in Fig. II3, were to use a positional
tolerance of zero at LMC, with the gage pin size limits
remaining at 11.80 to 11. 84. Each gage pin would gener­
ate an inner boundary diameter of 11. 8 (11.8 - 0) and
an outer boundary diameter of 11.88 (11.84 + 0.04). The
actual smallest gage pin diameter would be 11.8.
If a hole is produced tat is in violation of its positional
tolerance, it would most likely be rejected by either an
MMC or LMC controlled gage pin, since the actual small­
est gage pin diameter (in eiter the MMC or LMC con­
trolled gage) is 11.8. However, in the MMC controlled
gage pin, because of its allowed movement (bonus toler­
ance) as it departs from MMC, there is a remote possibil­
ity a technically bad part may be accepted. If, for
example, an 11. 8 hole was produced out of position
(which violates its zero at MMC tolerance) by the same
exact amount and in the same exact direction as its gage
pin, the 11. 8 gage pin may accept the hole. Any oter
type of hole movement will cause the gage pin's outer
boundary and physical size to interfere and the hole
would be rejected.
I an LMC controlled gage pin, since te inner bound­
ary of the gage pin is not smaller than the inner boundary
of te hole on the workpiece, an out-of-tolerance work­
piece hole would not be accepted even in the most favor­
able position.
However, since an LMC controlled gage pin would
generate an outer boundary diameter of 11.88, a greater
27
number of technically in-tolerance workpiece holes
would be rejected by the gage tan would be rejected by
an MMC controlled gage pin (since te MMC controlled
gage pin's outer boundary diameter would be only
11.84).
So, a small statistical possibility exists that an MMC
controlled gage pin may accept an out-of-tolerance
workpiece hole. This possibility is much smaller tan if
the gage pin had been given a size tolerance that allowed
it to be smaller than the MMC concept virtual condition
boundary of the hole being inspected. Much larger than
the possibility of an MMC controlled gage pin accepting
out-of-tolerance workpieces is te possibility that an
LMC controlled gage pin will reject a greater percentage
of workpieces that are in tolerance than an MMC con­
trolled gage pin would. This increased possibility that
in-tolerance workpieces may be rejected by an LMC
controlled gage pin exists because outer boundaries of
gage pins are more likely encountered tan inner bound­
aries by holes being inspected, and te LMC controlled
gage pin generates a larger outer boundary than the
MMC controlled gage pin.
I both MMC and LMC controlled gage pins, the total
tolerance used by the gages discussed in this section
was te same; the MMC controlled gage pin used the
tolerance diference between the 11.84 and 11. 76 diame­
ter boundaries it generated, while the LMC controlled
gage pin used the tolerance diference between the 11.88
and 11.80 diameter boundaries it generated. I each case,
the total tolerance used was a diameter of 0.08. This is
10% of the tolerance between the 12.6 outer and 11.8
inner boundaries generated by the hole on the workpiece
to be gaged. Since the total tolerance used by both the
MMC and LMC controlled gages is the same, the cost
of manufacturing the gages is assumed to be the same.
Gages controlled with RFS shall also be considered.
The same workpiece shown in Fig. III may be gaged
using gage pins controlled at RFS. This gage option
may not use a zero positional tolerance, since no bonus
tolerance is to be derived by a departure from either
MMC or LMC gage pin sizes. Therefore, the gage pin
size tolerance will be reduced by the portion of te
tolerance that will be put into te feature control frame
to replace the zero tolerance. For example, as shown in
Fig. II4, if the gage pin size tolerance was a diameter of
11.80 to 11.82, then a positional tolerance of 0.02 RFS
may be used in te feature control frame. If no axial out­
of-straightness was experienced by the gage pin, ten
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003 MANDATORY APPENDIX II
WORKPI ECE
I OI O., v
_I
2X ¢ 1 1 .8-12.2
Fig. 1 1 1 Workpiece for Materia l C onditi on M odifier Examp les
the gage pin would generate an inner boundary of a
diameter of 11.78 (11.8 - 0.02) and an outer boundary
of 11.84 (11.82 + 0.02). As with the MMC and LMC
controlled gage tolerancing concepts, te actual smallest
gage pin diameter is 11. 8. This method only uses a diam­
eter of 0.06 gage tolerance (11.84 - 11. 78). This is less
tolerance than was available to eiter the MMC or the
28
LMC controlled gages (which both had a range of 0.08).
This RS controlled gage would terefore be theoreti­
cally more expensive to manufacture than the MMC
or LMC controlled gages described. As with the MMC
concept gage, a remote possibility exists that an RS
controlled gage pin moving in the same direction as the
hole being gaged could accept an out-of-tolerance hole.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
MANDATORY APPENDIX I I
TOLERANCE APPLI ED AT MAXI MUM MATERIAL CONDITION
2X ¢1 1 .80-1 1 .84
1 +I ¢o @I A
I
B
l cl
TO BE I NTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003
THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY
Fig. 1 1 2 MMC M odifier f or Gages
TOLERANCE APPLI ED AT LEAST MATERIAL CONDITION
2X ¢ 1 1 .80-1 1 .84
1 +I ¢o ©I
A
I
B
l c l
TO BE I NTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003
THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY
Fig. 1 1 3 LMC M odifier f or Gages
29
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
TOLERANCE APPLI ED REGARDLESS OF FEATURE SIZE
2X ¢1 1 .80-1 1 .82
I -I ¢ 0.02
1
A
I
B
I
C I
TO BE I NTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003
THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGI NG POLICY
Fig. 1 1 4 RFS M odifier for Gages
30
MANDATORY APPENDIX II
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX A
EXAMPLES OF GAGE CHARACTERISTI CS
Ai CHARACTERISTICS
The characteristics of a gage are based on how the
designer chooses to apply the diferent principles avail­
able, such as gaging policy, percent of workpiece toler­
ance used, material condition modifier, and wear factor
allowance. With all these choices available, it is possible
for a single workpiece drawing to provide the basis for
several gages to be designed with different characteris­
tics. Diferent gages developed from a single workpiece
might include a shop floor gage, a referee gage, and a
master gage, wit each gage requiring a higher degree
of accuracy. Understanding these different principles
will aid the gage designer with the task of designing a
gage to perform a specific functional requirement. It is
mandatory for each gage drawing to identify the func­
tional characteristics of the gage using drawing notes,
associated documentation, or marking on te gage to
fully describe these specific requirements. Tables Al
through A3 and Figs. Al through A4 show gage design
examples based on different functional characteristics
from the use of various policies, material conditions,
and wear allowances.
A2 GAGI NG POLICY
The gaging policy should be the first decision made,
as tis will define the functional acceptance characteris­
tic of the gage. Oter gage design decisions will be devel­
oped in support of the desired policy. The choices are
absolute, practical absolute, tolerant, and optimistic policies.
The absolute policy is intended to assure that no out­
of-tolerance part is accepted by the gage. To do this, the
worst-case inner boundary of the gage pin shall be equal
to or larger than the MMC/virtual condition of the
workpiece hole. (See Tables A2 and A3, and Figs. A3
and A4.)
The practical absolute policy is designed to apply a
statistical probability to the principle of "never accepting
a noncompliant part" while recognizing the slight
chance of accepting a noncompliant part. (See Table Al
and Fig. A2.)
The tolerant policy is a designed condition where the
tolerances are assigned to fall between te acceptable/
rejectable limits. Unlike the practical absolute policy,
which requires tat a very specific set of circumstances
occur in order to accept a nonconformant workpiece,
the tolerant method is designed to allow a much larger
31
set of circumstances to occur and is more likely to accept
noncompliant workpieces. It is also possible that a gage
designed to te tolerant policy and built near the upper
tolerance range will not accept any noncompliant work­
pieces and will reject only a small number of compliant
workpieces. (See Tables A2 and A3.)
The optimistic policy may be used when no compliant
workpieces are to be rej ected and the acceptance of bor­
derline noncompliant parts will not be detrimental to
the final product. (See Tables A and A3.)
Wear allowance and the efect of the material modifi­
ers shall be considered in te design of all gages.
A3 PERCENT OF WORKPIECE TOLERANCE USED BY
GAGE
The gage tolerance is based on a percentage of the
workpiece tolerance (as defined by the difference
between LMC and virtual condition). This percentage
value is determined by the gage designer and may vary
from one gage to another as function changes. This Stan­
dard uses 10% of the workpiece tolerance applied to the
location of the gage pins as the basis in the illustrations
contained herein. This 10% value is illustrated as either
the total gage tolerance or the combination of gage toler­
ance plus wear allowance. The percentage value chosen
for the gage tolerance is applied to the gage pin size
tolerance, wit the location tolerance of position (TOP)
of zero at MMC (or LMC). The gage pin location TOP
when used with the RFS method will get a portion of
the size tolerance applied to the location tolerance, since
zero tolerance at RFS is not allowed.
There are two methods of gage tolerancing illustrated
in this Appendix.
(a) The first metod, direct percentage, is when the gage
tolerance (10%) is applied to te gage pin size, with the
location tolerance of position (TOP) of zero at MMC or
LMC. The efects of bonus tolerance being added to te
specified tolerance will increase te boundary beyond
the original percentage value. When RFS is applied, te
specified tolerance causes te inner boundary to be less
than the MMC pin diameter, which increases the bound­
ary beyond the original percentage value. The use of
the direct percentage metod will create gages that yield
a total tolerance boundary larger than the original per­
centage value. These gages intrude furter into the work­
piece tolerance, thus reducing the total acceptance range
of the workpiece.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003 NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
Table At Practical Absolute Di rect Percentage Gage Tolerance Method
Gaging Policy
No wear al lowance:
(X%) ¨ tota I percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage
With 5% wear al l owance
(added to pin i nner
boundary):
(X%) ¨ tota I percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage before wear
al lowance
NOTE:
MMC
Statistically based gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.80-11.84
TOP 00 (20%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.84 ¨ 00 tol.
LMC 11. 80 " 00.04 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 84) (I B ¨ 11.76)
See Fig. A2, sketch (a)
Statistically based gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.82-11.84
TOP 00 (10%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.84 ¨ 00 tol.
LMC 11.82 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 84) (I B ¨ 11.80)
See Fig. A2, sketch (b)
lMC
Statistically based gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance): Not recommended
Statistically based gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance): Not recommended
RFS
Statistically based gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.80-11.82
TOP 00.02 (15%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.82 ¨ 00.02 tol.
LMC 11.80 " 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.84) (I B ¨ 11.78)
See Fig. A2, sketch (c)
Statistically based gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.81-11.82
TOP 00.01 (7.5%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.82 ¨ 00.01 tol.
LMC 11.81 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.83) (I B ¨ 11.80)
See Fig. A2, sketch (d)
(1) The practical absol ute policy (see Fig. A2) uses 10% (0.04) of the workpiece hole size tolerance (11.8-12.2) for the
gage pin size tolerance (11.80-11.84). The gage pin mi ni mum size limit is equal to the MMC/virtual condition of the
workpiece, and by applying zero position at MMC, an i nner boundary (11.76) is created which is smaller than the LMC
gage pi n/MMC hole (11.80). This al lows a gage to be produced with an LMC pin (equal to workpiece virtual condition)
with a location tolerance equal to the maxi mum bonus tolerance (0.04) . This results in creating a gage pin i nner bound­
ary that fal l s bel ow the virtual condition of the workpiece. The workpiece (using 00 positi onal tolerance at MMC) is
required to have a perfectly located MMC hole. While this method appears to comply with the absolute pol icy of "never
accepting a bad part," it al l ows the gage to accept a noncompl iant workpiece with an MMC/virtual condition hol e that
is mislocated in the same direction and amount (diameter of 0.04) as the gage pin. This method does not satisfy the
intent of the absol ute policy of not accepting out-of-tolerance parts, because the i nner boundary of the gage is al lowed
to be less than the workpiece virtual condition. This worst-case situation has a low probabi lity of occurrence (and
should be used when a 100% compl iant acceptance requirement is not mandatory and the tolerant method is undesir­
able). The practical absol ute policy applied at zero tolerance at MMC is i l l ustrated in figures in this Standard. Si mi l ar
results can be obtained by dividing the tolerance between the gage pi n size and the location tolerance applied at RFS.
This results in only slightly reduced tolerances for the gage fabrication. The use of zero tolerance at LMC is not recom­
mended, because the statistical benefit is negated when LMC gage pin size is restricted to zero positional tolerance.
The zero tolerance at LMC method is best applied in support of the absol ute pol icy.
When a 100% compl i ant acceptance method is required, the absol ute policy shal l be used. The absolute policy [see
Fig. A3, sketches (a) and (b), and Fig. A4, sketches (a) and (b)] of designing gages will mathematically support the pol­
icy of not accepting out-of-tolerance workpieces. The absol ute policy extends the gage tolerance further into the work­
piece tolerance, thus reducing the acceptance range of good parts. This may be offset slightly by the use of an LMC
modifier on the gage with the proper size tolerance. The same conditions described apply when wear allowance is
applied.
(b) The second metod, adjusted boundar, is to select
the desired tolerance percentage value as the total
boundary for te gage and develop the resulting gage
elements, including the efect of bonus and specified
tolerance, within these values. When this method is used
with the MMC, LMC, or RS modifiers, it yields size
and location tolerance values tat are less than the direct
percentage values. This is due to the addition of the
bonus to te specified tolerance for the gage elements
and may be more expensive to build. However, it does
provide the largest remaining workpiece acceptance
range and will rej ect fewer good parts.
32
A4 MATERIAL CONDITION MODI FI ER USED ON
GAGE ELEMENTS
The selection of appropriate material condition modif­
iers is important in determining where the gage size
elements fall within the gage tolerance range. Each mod­
ifier contributes a diferent characteristic to the gage;
examples are shown in Figs. Al through A4. Consider­
ation should be given to understanding where the gage
pin size occurs within the tolerance band. Inner and
outer boundaries are also shown, to indicate the total
tolerance used by te gage.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A ASME Y14.43-2003
Gaging Policy
Absolute
No wear al l owance:
(XX%) ¨ total percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage
With 5% wear al l owance
(added to pin i nner
boundary):
(XX%) ¨ total percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage before wear
al l owance
Tolerant
No wear al l owance:
(XX%) ¨ total percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage
With 5% wear al l owance
(added to pin i nner
boundary):
(XX%) ¨ total percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage before wear
al l owance
Optimistic
No wear al l owance:
(XX%) ¨ total percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage
With 5% wear al l owance
(added to pin i nner
boundary):
(XX%) ¨ total percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage before wear
al l owance
NOTE:
(1) See Tabl e Ai, Note (1).
Table A2 Di rect Percentage Gage Tolerance Method
MMC
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 0 11.84-11.88
TOP 00 (20%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.88 ¨ 00 tol.
lMC 11.84 ¨ 00.04 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.88) (l B ¨ 11.80)
See Fig. A3, sketch (a)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.84-11.86
TOP 00 (10%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.86 ¨ 00 tol.
lMC 11.84 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.86) (l B ¨ 11.82)
See Fig. A3, sketch (b)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 0 11.78-11.82
TOP 00 (20%)
MMC 11.82 ¨ 00 tol.
lMC 11.78 ¨ 00.04 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (l B ¨ 11.74)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.80-11.82
TOP 00 (10%)
MMC 11.82 ¨ 00 tol.
lMC 11.80 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (l B ¨ 11.78)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 0 11.76-11.80
TOP 00 (20%)
MMC 11.80 ¨ 00 tol.
lMC 11.76 ¨ 00.04 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.80) (l B ¨ 11.72)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.78-11.80
TOP 00 (10%)
MMC 11.80 ¨ 00 tol.
lMC 11.78 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.80) (l B ¨ 11.76)
lMC
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 0 11.80-11.84
TOP 00 (20%) [Note (1)]
lMC 11.80 ¨ 00 tol.
MMC 11.84 ¨ 00.04 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.88) (l B ¨ 11.80)
See Fig. A3, sketch (c)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 0 11.82-11.84
TOP 00 (10%) [Note (1)]
lMC 11.82 ¨ 00 tol.
MMC 11.84 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.86) (l B ¨ 11.82)
See Fig. A3, sketch (d)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.78-11.82
TOP 00 (20%)
lMC 11.78 ¨ 00 tol.
MMC 11.82 ¨ 00.04 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.86) (l B ¨ 11.78)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 0 11.80-11.82
TOP 00 (10%)
lMC 11.80 ¨ 00 tol.
MMC 11.82 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 84) (l B ¨ 11.80)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.76-11.80
TOP 00 (20%)
lMC 11.76 ¨ 00 tol.
MMC 11.80 ¨ 00.04 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 84) (l B ¨ 11.76)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
33
Pin 011.78-11.80
TOP 00 (10%)
lMC 11.78 ¨ 00 tol.
MMC 11.80 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (l B ¨ 11.78)
RFS
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 0 11.82-11.84
TOP 00.02 (15%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.84 ¨ 00.02 tol.
lMC 11.82 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.86) (l B ¨ 11.80)
See Fig. A3, sketch (e)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.83-11.84
TOP 00.01 (7.5%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.84 ¨ 00.01 tol.
lMC 11.83 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.85) (l B ¨ 11.82)
See Fig. A3, sketch (f)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.78-11.80
TOP 00.02 (15%)
MMC 11.80 ¨ 00.02 tol.
lMC 11.78 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (l B ¨ 11.76)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.80-11.81
TOP 00.01 (7.5%)
MMC 11.81 ¨ 00.01 tol.
lMC 11.80 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (l B ¨ 11.79)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.04 (10% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.76-11.78
TOP 00.02 (15%)
MMC 11.78 ¨ 00.02 tol.
lMC 11.76 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.80) (l B ¨ 11.74)
Direct percentage gage tolerance
0.02 (5% of workpiece
tolerance):
Pin 011.78-11.79
TOP 00.01 (7.5%)
MMC 11.79 ¨ 00.01 tol.
lMC 11.78 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.80) (l B ¨ 11.77)
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003 NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
Gaging Policy
Absolute
No wear al lowance:
(X%) ¨ tota I percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage
With 5% wear al l owance
(added to pin i nner
boundary):
(X%) ¨ tota I percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage before wear
al lowance
Tolerant
No wear al lowance:
(X%) ¨ tota I percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage
With 5% wear al l owance
(added to pin i nner
boundary):
(X%) ¨ tota I percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage before wear
al lowance
Optimistic
No wear al lowance:
(X%) ¨ tota I percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage
With 5% wear al l owance
(added to pin i nner
boundary):
(X%) ¨ tota I percent of
workpiece size tolerance
used by gage before wear
al lowance
NOTE:
(1) See Tabl e Ai, Note (1).
Table A3 Adjusted Boundary Gage Tolerance Method
MMC lMC
Adjusted boundary gage Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.04 (10% of tolerance 0.04 (10% of
workpiece tolerance): workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.82-11.84 Pin 011.80-11.82
TOP 00 (10%) [Note (1)] TOP 00 (10%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.84 ¨ 00 tol. LMC 11.80 ¨ 0 0 tol.
LMC 11.82 ¨ 00.02 tol. MMC 11.82 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 84) (I B ¨ 11.80) (OB ¨ 11.84) (IB ¨ 11.80)
See Fig. A4, sketch (a) See Fig. A4, sketch (c)
Adjusted boundary gage Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.02 (5% of tolerance 0.02 (5% of
workpiece tolerance): workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.83-11.84 Pin 011.82-11.83
TOP 00 (5%) [Note (1)] TOP 00 (5%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.84 ¨ 00 tol. LMC 11.82 ¨ 0 0 tol.
LMC 11.83 ¨ 00.01 tol. MMC 11.83 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 84) (I B ¨ 11.82) (OB ¨ 11.84) (IB ¨ 11.82)
See Fig. A4, sketch (b) See Fig. A4, sketch (d)
Adjusted boundary gage Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.04 (10% of tolerance 0.04 (10% of
workpiece tolerance): workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.80-11.82 Pin 011.78-11.80
TOP 00 (10%) TOP 00 (10%)
MMC 11.82 ¨ 00 tol. LMC 11.78 ¨ 0 0 tol.
LMC 11.80 ¨ 00.02 tol. MMC 11.80 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (I B ¨ 11.78) (OB ¨ 11.82) (IB ¨ 11.78)
Adjusted boundary gage Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.02 (5% of tolerance 0.02 (5% of
workpiece tolerance): workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.81-11.82 Pin 011.80-11.81
TOP 00 (5%) TOP 00 (5%)
MMC 11.82 ¨ 00 tol. LMC 11.80 ¨ 0 0 tol.
LMC 11.81 ¨ 00.01 tol. MMC 11.81 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (I B ¨ 11.80) (OB ¨ 11.82) (IB ¨ 11.80)
Adjusted boundary gage Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.04 (10% of tolerance 0.04 (10% of
workpiece tolerance): workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.78-11.80 Pin 011.76-11.78
TOP 00 (10%) TOP 00 (10%)
MMC 11.80 ¨ 00 tol. LMC 11.76 ¨ 0 0 tol.
LMC 11.78 ¨ 00.02 tol. MMC 11.78 ¨ 00.02 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 80) (I B ¨ 11.76) (OB ¨ 11. 80) (IB ¨ 11.76)
Adjusted boundary gage Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.02 (5% of tolerance 0.02 (5% of
workpiece tolerance): workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.79-11.80 Pin 011.78-11.79
TOP 00 (5%) TOP 00 (5%)
MMC 11.80 ¨ 00 tol. LMC 11.78 ¨ 0 0 tol.
LMC 11.79 ¨ 00.01 tol. MMC 11.79 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 80) (I B ¨ 11.78) (OB ¨ 11. 80) (IB ¨ 11.78)
34
RFS
Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.04 (10% of
workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.81-11.83
TOP 00.01 (10%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.83 ¨ 00.01 tol.
LMC 11.81 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.84) (I B ¨ 11.80)
See Fig. A4, sketch (e)
Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.02 (5% of
workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.825-11.835
TOP 00.005 (5%) [Note (1)]
MMC 11.835 ¨ 0 0.005 tol.
LMC 11.825 ¨ 00.005 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.84) (I B ¨ 11.82)
See Fig. A4, sketch (t
Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.04 (10% of
workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.79-11.81
TOP 00.01 (10%)
MMC 11.81 ¨ 00.01 tol.
LMC 11.79 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (I B ¨ 11.78)
Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.02 (5% of
workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.805-11.815
TOP 00.005 (5%)
MMC 11.815 ¨ 0 0.005 tol.
LMC 11.805 ¨ 00.005 tol.
(OB ¨ 11.82) (I B ¨ 11.80)
Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.04 (10% of
workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.77-11.79
TOP 00.01 (10%)
MMC 11.79 ¨ 00.01 tol.
LMC 11.77 ¨ 00.01 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 80) (I B ¨ 11.76)
Adjusted boundary gage
tolerance 0.02 (5% of
workpiece tolerance):
Pin 011.785-11.795
TOP 00.005 (5%)
MMC 11.795 ¨ 0 0.005 tol.
LMC 11.785 ¨ 00.005 tol.
(OB ¨ 11. 80) (I B ¨ 11.78)
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
WORKPI ECE
1 01 0.
1

-I � �

¡ _¡ 0.1 1 �

����¬¬¬¬�
·m m ¸ m
NOTE: See Tables A1 - A3 for gage pin sizes,
tolerances of position, and material conditions.
2X ¢ See Note
2X ¢ 11 .8-12.2
GAGE
Fig. At Workpiece and Associated Gage
35
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
01 2. 2
HOLE
LMC
0. 4 Wo|Kp|eCe
Tolerance
( Hol e Size)
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX A
��
: Gage Pin Diameter : 01 1 , 80-1 1 , 84
1 -1
0
0
c1
A
I
B
l c I
T T .¤4 Outer BounGary (Gage Pi n)
Practical Absolute Pol icy 1 0% (0. 04) Workpiece Tolerance
Gage Pin Size : 01 1 . 80-1 1 . 84
�� Tolerance Of Position 00@MMC
kJ J .ö
HÜLÎ
¬VL
���� ¯ 20% (0. 08) Total Gage Tolerance
kJ Z. Z
HÜLÎ
LML
�ª
Û. 4Work
Tolerance
{ Hol e Si z
pieLe
e)
01 1 .8
HOLE
=VC
�r
,T 1 . J)
¬
~

|
*
|
¬
~
&&&&&&&.
T T . ¯b | n|er Boundary (Gage Pi n)
l¤l
� " Gage Pin Diameter :: kT T . OZ-T 1 . O4
1 �1
0 0
@1 A I
B
l c
&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&¸
1 1 . 84 Outer Boundary (Gage Pi n)
I
º
||8C\|Cð|Absol ute Policy 5% (0. 02) Workpiece To!erance
&&&&&&&
Gage || |Size " 01 1 .82- 1 1 .84 (Before Wear)
¬
|
Tolerance Of Position
0
0@MMC
-

÷ 1 0% (0. 04) Gage To!erance
|
pl us 5% (0. 02) Wear Allowance
¬
� ¬¬ ^ c^ :; 1 5% (0. 06) Total Gage Tolerance


t
1 1 . 80 I nner Boundary (Before Wear)

~
( 1 1 . 7)
Gage Pi n 5% (0. 02) Wear Allowance
T T . bÛ Mi ni mum Gage Pi n Size (
A
fer Wear)
(1 1 . 80-0. 02) : T 1 . 1OInner Boundary (After Wear)
|0I
Fig. A2 Practical Absolute - Direct Percentage Tolerance Method
36
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
W1Z·Z
HLLL
ÍMÛ
·�ª��··-�·
1:|c¬ecc
...���..��.........
kT T.ö

~VL
kT Z.d
HLÍc
LMÜ
ASME Y14.43-2003
||HC|Boundaq(GagePin)
I¹!
�� ¯ c»,.Í'H liô|C!Ðfkl 1. ¤T-`!!·Z
+���++� ++�'� +++�++�+ ++++
`````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````^
1` .O3 LUICl 3oundaq(GagePin)

lÞ!
Fig. A2 Practical Absolute - Direct Percentage Tolerance Method (Cont'd)
37
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
Ö1Z.Z
HLLL

YO!K[|0O
1l6l6|C6
(Ho|eSze)
����������������������������������������
kJ J ·Þ
HLLL
~VL
kJ Z.Z

ÌML
Û.¬ Workpieco
Tolerance
(HolcS|zo)
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
��
� LðgP Pi¤Diamat¨ ×T ! d4�T T. bÛ

��

¸ ··¯U\0| ÜCuHC0[ (Gage Pin) ¸

i:::i�����:i�ii��::�i�:��:.:��i:���kP;���··T�����············· ..

l Gage Pin 6izc� ×1 1 .O¬· 1 1.Oo
� To1erance ¯l Positio¤O0@MMC
· ·
� ¯ ¿Û? (0O6)ToIalGage To| cranco

(¡ J ¯)

1 T `U |¤¤u|UO|mdary(Oagc Fin)
|4I
1 1OO 'UK|BoundaQ(OagoPi¤)
�..........................................................................................
P0Ì u\6 rOH0y J¨ (ûO?)W0rkpiec-J0̬||0=
LdQC |'1 L|ZB � k! Tb¬� T 1o(BeforeWea·)
To'cancc Ì06|!|00
-1û"1|0|ð|C6
kT T .d
HLLc
¹VL
plusÖ� (0. 02)Wear^1owance

�� � �

� �

_ ¬¬¬¬�¬¬�¬�¬¬¬��¬�¬¬�¬�¬�¬�¬�¬¬�¬���¬ ¬��¬
(¹ T Ï) ���� ��������
`Í J . U2Ìl0|HuÞ OagcÌ|B >iïu (Ar
(1 1 b?-00?)¯ 1 T OÛ l006| ÜCu008ly (AI|ar
IÞ!
Fig. A3 Direct Percentage Based Gage Tolerance Method
38
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
L1Z.7
NLLL

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_

0.4×0!K]ì00ò
¯OhC��
e >i?u)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASME Y14.43-2003
���� ¬ Gage Îl0 Llò00I¬I í1 1 . OÙ-' T . d4
� ·'
T T Ô^!Ul=| Í0UI¹ò|y (Oage Fi¤)
Acso|utc|0UCy 1 Ü' (0. 04)Wor«picco¯0|C!ò0CC
GðgaFin¯|ZC ~ kT T·· ! 1 J+
¯OlôfðH0C |O5UO|
-ZÛ7 (0. O6)ToIa| Oagc ¯Cl6fðH0C
r
w1 T .ö

~V
ÜTZ.Z
HÜLc
LN!
(!
!������������������������������������������`
VOKµI0O l
I ¯6||C6 ¯
I ||O|C S?ì l
¦ ............................. � ...........J
|9!
� � " Oa�e Í'Þ |Ið¬!CI k1`� + Ò¿! l .8
��������
' ����'��'�'��'��
/050l Ul6 Pohcy 5% (0, 02) Workpiece ¯0Í^|ð0C6
¯òQt Íl| Sizc" !I 1 .OZ·! J . O4 (Baforec¯ì
¯0|0000C¯! ÌCS|\|O0OO@LMC
'Ü (0,04) Gage Tolerance
plus (0.02)car/lì0WG0CC


� ~ ' O¨ (O.O5)¯O!0Í Oagc¯0|C|0¨C
ØT T .ô

÷VL

··�s.���s.���.�,���v�»�,'
. .
(¹¹ '------ '0_C P.n ¸¯^.,Y£ð|F|!0W=0CC
I
1 1 .ÔU |0|Þuu Gage ||H [A!erWear)

( ! ! 82-0.02)^ Il80 lnnerBounda:y(AhW ear)
I
-<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<«««««««««««««««««««««««««««««««««-
IÞì
Fig. A3 Direct Percentage Based Gage Tolerance Method (Cont'd)
39
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
012,2
HOLE
LMC
04Wo|·p·ece
To|aºanca
(HO' a6|ïo)
01 1 . 8
HOLE
²VÛ
kT Z.Z
HOLE
LMC
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
� " \dgÐ Pin Diameter 01 1 .82y1 '1 .84

¸

· � !

���

���

���
� ����������������������������������������������������������
G0gaÌ
(
| c|ZÐ " Ø1 ¹ 82� ¹ ! .84(5%)
.

� •

•••

:
¸¸¸ ¸¸¸
0

|

(
·
6

·
·
C

|
·
i
·
Ð

|
¸
·
¸
^
...
n

P

_ ¯0ÍC|0HC6 'î Í0S|ÎlDR ØÜ. :Z@|lc ¦G%)
_" ¹ 5%(0.06)

DÎBÍ Gaga¯0ÍC|0HC6
|9!
` T o' ¯U!=|Ü0u|U0I¡ (Gaga -·, ¸
`�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������+
����

���

��

_¸������

¸
k
i
,

\ [|=0=
i
, To|era¤ce , ¯
,
lHO|e3izaì ,
l '0QC Í|U C|ZÐ " kT `! . Oo ··T!.O+ (2.5%)( BeI0rcY60I)
l
l To|era¤ceOIPosition Ü (Z

O¯) l
............................� ............
l ^ 7. 5% ,: :·,'BQ

D ÐB

01 1 J3
HOLE
#VC
l }|US O¨ lÛ . \ÐB|/HDW00C l
.��···7�···l
^ : .,:s·..»L0ge1D|C|0|CC

ì
T¹ . O; |nnerBounda|y(Hol|uW0a|)
l ! ¹ 7)
GBQC Pin 5% ,::.,YÐB|.~Ì|C C6
T T . bT Mlnlmum L0QÐ Í|n Ü|ZP (ÞñerWear)
( ¹ ¹. OZ�Û ÛZ)" 1 T . OÜ Inner Boundary' (FH6ìYC0|)
t!I
Fig. A3 Direct Percentage Based Gage Tolerance Method (Cont'd)
40
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
012.2
HOLE
LMC
U÷ \UlKµ|ôLô
.
.
01 1 ,8
MLÍc
-VL
01 2,2
HLÌc
ÌNÛ
, _

U¬ Wok;iec

.
� �����
ASME Y14.43-2003
���
¯ ....O! ¹62·! 1 64
¸�

.�. .........��. ....:..........:
` 1 .Oº 'Ul=| Boundary (GaqeP·n)
··.

Í|SO|Ulô |0||íy ! 0% ,0. 04).Toleran¯e
..Sze" Ø1 1 82-1 1 84
ToleranceOfìO5'I|OÞ OO@MMC
.. > ÷ T U; ¦0.04)To|a| Gag�¯O|0!8HC0
|1 J . 7`
´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´´ ```````````````````````````````````
¹ ! 80l 0|ô¨

...P| ¤)

|-ì
î� -aQe Ì|| |IB0C\Cfk1 1 . ÔO··1 1 . Ô¬


¸··¯

¸

,

¡
,
�··¬·-·s~� ¸(o-,-�,
;|
~··��--,� ···s���--�+�,
¸ ...." O1 1 8J·1 ¹ 84 .

.¯lPosiIionØ0@MMC
' ::O` |0û2) .¯´¹l6|G0C6
¸
µ| JS ¯·(0O¿)erA1owance
.......

� ! Û(0.O4)Tota|....
¯....�
...................&..........� ...................................................................................................... .
011 .8
HOLE
~VL
´

I
¸ 1 ¹ 82 l Þ00|BoU0C0ºy .
(1 1 7)
�������� , . 1
lÞI
Fig. A4 Adjusted Boundary Based Gage Tolerance Method
41
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
Ø1 Z.2
HOLb
.
1 Ü.4\O|ס'0t
, Tc|erance
,
(mCÍÐ Siz)
01 1 ,8
HOLE
=VC
WT ¿.Z
NLLc
kT T .d
NLLc
÷V
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A
��=Gagel|| ||òU0ͬ|!`l 1 ´U·`I T . O<
� � ^
`l J Oº bDundury� l|nì
.............................................................� ........ � ............... � ...'
: : :cÌ|ÞC| Bocary(Gage Pin)
..........................................................................................`
IÞÌ
� ��� ������ ��°��°'
~�.÷r,-,:�:.,-.�-�·,�~
¸ L3gC l||Û|Z0 - |T T .ÙZ··` `I . oó ¦3oloreVear)
¸ To|e¯anceÎ06|I|C0
, � (0 GagaTo|erance
, p'usO½ ¦0.02)Y0òIP|l 0WòI0t
----------× � T U7 (0.O4)¯CI| !0ÇC To|arancc
¨```` ¨ '` ´ .......................................................................................................................... ............
�� �������������

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
( i : ¯
' !3§£ ||0 Þ7 (O 0?)WOarPil0W|C0
T 1 . bÜ Minimum¯ògcÍ|H `IZt(Ahe¯Wear)
T T ÔZ·ÛÛZ¨ 1 1 . 80 I nner Boundary (After Vear)
|¤ï
Fig. A4 Adjusted Boundary Based Gage Tolerance Method (Cont'd)
À
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX A ASME Y14.43-2003
01 2.2
HOLE
LMC
��� ¯ Gage Pin Diareter 01 'L8'1 - 1 'L83
'···'--
...........................................................................................................................................
U÷Workpiece
Tolerance
(Hole Size)
.�����������������������������������������. Abso!ute Polcy 1 0%:(0, 04) Boundary JO|U|ðnC��
Gage p·n5|Zò � 01 1 , 81-1 1 ,83 {S'
Tok�rane�� LI |CB|I|Cn 00. 01 @.RFS (2¹%)
��
01 1 ,8
HOLE
=VC
¯ 1 0% (0. 04) ¯0\B| !òQ6 Tolerance
���
wT Z. Z
HLÍL
LML
(1 1 , 7)

| ·········································· ·················································×

¹ 1 ßO|¤nerBoundary(\age Fi ¤)
...........................................................................................
I=ì
¸¸
1 1 .d4 OuterBou¤dary(\agePin)
..........................................................................................

���

�i�

I





-² ·°
(Ho'eSize)
,»:���:¤·.�,-� ,.·:z,c����·��,�·«-��
1 Gage pin si�e ;; 01 'l . 82S-!'l J35 (2, 5%) (Before Wear)

, To|CrÖnÛòOf Position 00. 005@RFS (25t)

1 -O7(0, 02) Gage Tolerance

01 1 ,8
HOLE
:!VC
, plus 5% (0. 02) Wear AUOance

1 O�´ '0 1 \
····················³··ì ¨
`.·· ( ota! age . Ò 6!8IC0
`
.................................................................................................................................................... �
1 1 , 82 I nner Boundar (Before Wear)
. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________J
( 1 J 7) ~ '3ge Pin O¨ (0.0?)Waar Allowance
1 1 , 805 Mi nimum Gage Pin Size ,ABer Waar)
(! 1. B2-0.02)" ! 1 .8OI nner Boundary (After Wear)
I!ï
Fig. A4 Adjusted Boundary Based Gage Tolerance Method (Cont'd)
43
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
AS WEAR ALLOWANCE
When gage element wear is considered a factor in the
gage design, a percentage of the gage tolerance can be
applied to increase the gage element lower size limit to
account for wear. Wear allowance applied to a new gage
will reject a larger number of good parts, and as it wears
+
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX A
toward the lower size limit, te gage will tend to accept
more good parts. Minimum pin actual local size of the
gage element shall be indicated on the gage, so tat the
gage is removed from service or repaired when the wear
limit of any element is reached. Wear allowance is shown
in this Appendix only with the absolute and practical
absolute methods, but could be applied as desired to
any of the other gaging policies.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
NONMANDATORY APPENDI X B
EXAMPLES AND I LLUSTRATI ONS
B1 GENERAL
This Appendix contains examples of the principles
explained in this Standard. Each example also demon­
strates gaging and fixturing principles for illustrations
or text in ASME YI4.5M-1994 (shown in parentheses in
the list below). Some of the illustrations taken from
ASME YI4.5M-1994 have been altered or made more
complete to allow the gages and fixtures to be better
represented here. Dimensions and tolerances shown in
gage illustrations apply at the assembly level. The fig­
ures are
(a) Fig. Bl, multiple surface datums (Fig. 4-20)
(b) Fig. B2, inclined datum features (Fig. 4-4)
(c) Fig. B3, cylindrical datum features (Fig. 4-5)
(d) Fig. B4, cylindrical and rectangular datum features
of size (Fig. 4-6)
(e) Fig. B5, internal cylindrical and rectangular datum
features of size (Fig. 4-16)
if) Fig. B6, simultaneous position and profile toler­
ances (Fig. 4-26)
(g) Fig. B7, two rectangular datum features of size at
MC (Fig. 5-4)
(h) Fig. B8, rectangular features of size at MC (Fig.
5-59)
(i) Fig. B9, size and planar datum features
() Fig. BlO, controlling rotation with datum features
of size (Fig. 4-8)
(k) Fig. Bll, interrelated datum reference frames (Fig.
4-24)
(l) Fig. B12, two datum features -single datum axis
(Fig. 4-19)
(m) Fig. Bl3, hole pattern as a datum (Fig. 4-22)
(n) Fig. B14, equalizing datums (Fig. 4-38)
(0) Fig. B15, irregular closed feature used as a datum
feature
45
(p) Fig. Bl6, radial hole patter located by composite
position (Fig. 5-24)
(q) Fig. Bl7, datum targets on a complex part (Fig.
4-39)
(r) Fig. B18, pushpin gages for part clearance holes
(s) Fig. B19, pushpin gages for part threaded holes
(t) Fig. B20, sequential gaging
B2 SOF GAGING
Sof gaging is te term used when a set of coordinate
measurement data, such as data generated by a coordi­
nate measuring machine (CM), is compared with a
CAD model for purposes of part acceptance/rej ection.
In general terms, the soft gaging process works as
follows:
(a) A part's nominal geometry is modeled with CAD
software.
(b) The CAD model is imported into the soft gaging
software, where tolerance attributes are attached to part
features. (Some CAD systems perform this step inter­
nally. )
(c) The soft gaging software is used to generate a
worst-case model based on the nominal CAD geometry
varying by the amount allowed by te tolerances. This
worst-case model is called a sof gage.
(d) A part is measured on a CMM, generating a cloud
of coordinate data points.
(e) The soft gaging software compares tis cloud of
points (or, sometimes, a reverse-engineered CAD model
based on it) with the soft gage model and displays out­
of-tolerance conditions.
Advantages of this method are that complex shapes
may be measured with accuracy and little or no hard
tooling. The maj or disadvantage is that, as with most
CM measurements, the acceptance of a feature is based
on a sample of points, allowing the possibility that small
out-of-tolerance areas might not be evaluated.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
'_ s
1

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPI ECE
I
I
I
I
I
I
ss
I
J.I sI c I
@

. s
1 ¤1
c
1
¸

r-
Fig. 81 Multiple Surface Datums
46
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-ç.sì (a,
GAGE
¡osr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
¡+.scstw.»ccf...zrsfur-stcf.ct.tsso.cfrctc.»c-o..cv
-ç.sì (a,
ca:a±--a:a·-c
s±.a:o·
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
Fig. 81 Multiple Surface Datums (Cont'd)
47
ASME Y14.43-2003
ca:.±--a:a·-c
s±aa:o·
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
WORKPI ECE
sxøse :e.z
'+ |øe.ì®|
t
|
s
|¤I
- 1- - -
I I

Fig. 82 I nclined Datum Features
48
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
g
I
T
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.43-2003
-ç.sz(a,
GAGE
¡osr. »:rs-sr:rc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
¡+.scstw.»cc:...zrs:urtssocc:rctc. »c-o..cv
-ç.sz(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
f-·aca:.±-a--c
wo··;-:-
ca:a±--a:.±cs¬aa:o·
ca:.±--a:a·-s ca:.±--a:a·-ts±aa:o·
s±aa:o·
Fig. 82 I nclined Datum Features (Cont'd)
49
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
WORKPIECE
+xøsr · ss
' +| øºzr
®|
t
|
s
®|
ø
rs+
rsz
' =|�"|
t
|
J
ìs ì L
ìr.s
t
Fig. 83 Cyli ndrical Datum Features
50
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-ç.ss(a,
GAGE
ørsss· rs.+e
' =|�´|
t
|
¡osr. »frsºsrfrcºrstsvrvì++s·zees
¡+.scstw.»ccf...zrsfurtssoccfrctc. »cºo..cv
-ç.ss(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
+xøszre· s.zsr
4| ø º
C|
t
|
s
'
ca:a±--a:a·-
ss±aa:o·
Fig. 83 Cylindrical Datum Features (Cont'd)
51
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
WORKPIECE
sxøs.s · sr
| +| ø º
z
®|
t
|
s
®| ¤®|
z>s
z>ì
' =
ø
�'
t
|
Fig. 84 Cylindrical and Rectangular Datum Features of Size
52
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-ç.s+(a,
GAGE
sxøs.+e· s.+ì
'+|øe.ez®|
t
|
s
|
cI
¡osr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
¡+.scstw.»ccf...zrsfur-stcf.ct.tsso.cfrctc.»c-o..cv
-ç.s+(a,
CROSS SECTION OF WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
Fig. B4 Cylindrical and Rectangular Datum Features of Size (Cont'd)
53
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPIECE
+xørr· r s
| +| øº
z
®| t
|
s®| ¤®|
øìz. ì· ìz >
' ='
ø º

®
'
t
|
Fig. 85 Internal Cyli ndrical and Rectangular Datum Features of Size
54
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
-çsr(a,
c�

'

-

z

|
-
t

|
s


GAGE
fosr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì+.+s·zees
f+.scstw.»ccf...zrsf+r-stcf.ct.tssoccfrctc. »c-oc.cv
-çsr(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
Fig. 85 I nternal Cylindrical and Rectangular Datum Features of Size (Cont'd)
55
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
WORKPIECE
1- r> 1-
I
- --
I
+x
ø
ìzs· ìz.+
| ¬| øº >
®| t
|
s
®|
Fig. 86 Simultaneous Position and Profile Tolerances
56
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-ç.ss(a,
GAGE
zxørre rr+
'
+
'l
"
'
t
'
¡osr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
¡+.scstw.»ccf...zrsfur-stcf.ct.tsso.cfrctc.»c-o..cv
-ç.ss(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
ca:a±--a:.·-t
s±aa:o·
Fig. 86 Simultaneous Position and Profile Tolerances (Cont'd)
57
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-çss(:,
GAGE
fosr.»frs-sr¡rc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
f+. scstw.»ccf...zrs¡+r-stcf.ct.tsso.cfrctc.»c-o..cv
»ofr. f---o±-a;·or-ro·:--çaç-s:--±a·±a±;a·.;·o·-:o-·a-~aoa-aa·,f--;·or-:o-·a-:-o-
:--çaç-sa-a:-·a,-f--çaç-s±a:a--oas,.-·r-s:---o-o:a:o-sa-a;·or-oa:-·aoa-aa·,.:ao-s
-o:.-·µ:--;·or----·aoa-aa·,
-çss(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
Fig. 86 Simultaneous Position and Profile Tolerances (Cont'd)
58
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPIECE
' +| øezr
®|
t
|
s®| ¤®|
o
ss
·er
¤
' ÷| øe.zr
®|
t
| s®| ¤®|
Fig. 87 Two Rectangular Datum Features of Size at MMC
59
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.çsr(a,
GAGE
+xøs.rr· s.se
foss. »fss-ssfsc-sstsvsvì++s·zees
f+.scstw.»ccf...zssf+stsso.cfsctc.»c-oc.cv
-.çsr(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
Fig. 87 Two Rectangular Datum Features of Size at MMC (Cont'd)
60
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
I
ì rs
ì rs
WORKPIECE
~ ~ -
rs· s.z
Fig. 88 Rectangular Features of Size at MMC
61
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.çss(a,
ì rrs
ì rrs
I .�*I
GAGE
fosr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
f+.scstw.»ccf...zrsf+rtsso.cfrctc.»c-oc.cv
-.çss(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
Fig. 88 Rectangular Features of Size at MMC (Cont'd)
62
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPI ECE
+xøiz-ì
+- - 1-
I
I
1
I
- i-
I
- -E- -
øsesì ze sº rj
Fig. 89 Size and Planar Datum Features
63
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
-çss(a,
GAGE TO VERIFY DATUM FEATURE D
foss. »fss-ssfsc-sstsvsvì++s·zees
f+.scstw.»ccf...zssf+stsso.cfsctc.»c-oc.cv
-çss(a,
ca:a±--a:.·-t
s±aa:o·
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
øzsz· zss
'+|øe ì
®|
t
|
s
|
cI
ca:.¬--a:.±s
s±aa:o·
Fig. 89 Size and Planar Datum Features (Cont'd)
64
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.çss(:,
GAGE
+xøì ì .z· ì ì .s
|+| øeì
®|t
|
c
|s1
øzs.z· zss
.
ø
�"|
ASME Y14.43-2003
zxs-oaaa·
s:·a=
fosr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì+.+s·zees
f+.scstw.»ccf...zrsf+rtsso.cfrctc. »c-o..cv
-.çss(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
ca:a±-aa:a·ass.±aa:o·
(f-.saa:a±:o-s:.:a:asa
roa·:-aa:a±;a-a:oo·.a-:
:-aaa:a±·ara·a-:ar·a±a
.:·aça.·asa±.-.±a±or
:=o;o.-:s:o-:a::,
Fig. 89 Size and Planar Datum Features (Cont'd)
65
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
WORKPI ECE
r

øsz· s+
re
~ss-
Fig. 810 Controlli ng Rotation With Datum Features of Size
66
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
re
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.ç.sì e(a,
zxøs.ee· seì
'- |øeer ®|
t
|
s
|
cI
¡osr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
¡+.scstw.»cc:...zrs:ur-stc:.ct.tsso.c:rctc.»c-o..cv
-.ç.sì e(a,
Fig. 810 Controlling Rotation With Datum Features of Size (Cont'd)
67
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.çsì e(:,
GAGE
øsze· s.zz
'- | øeì
®|
t
|
c
|
cI
:osc. »:cs-sc:cc-cstsvcvì++s·zees
:+.scstw.»cc:...zcs:+c-stc:.ct.tsso.c:cctc. »c-o..cv
-.çsì e(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
ca:a±-aa:a·a
ca:.±-aa:a·at
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
øsre· srì - �
4|
ø e ®|
t
|
c
| *

soc»ctsv -
c.tvo»c-.»
fo-v.cw
s.a.-çca±o-a-.-
:-.s;.-¬a,aaa.:-a·
a.a±o-as-a;aaass-o=-,
o·:,. -a·:a.-s-a;a
Fig. 810 Controlling Rotation With Datum Features of Size (Cont'd)
68
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPIECE
+x ør. i · rz �ìe · ì z
'+|øez ®| c
|
r
®|sI
+xør.ì· r.z �ìe· ìz
'+|øez
®|
t
|
s
|c I
+- - -
Fig. Bll Interrelated Datum Reference Frames
69
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.çsì i (a,
GAGE
:osc. »:cs-sc:cc-cstsvcvì++s·zees
:+.scstw.»cc:...zcs:+ctsso.c:cctc.»c-oc.cv
-.çsì i (a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
+xø+sz· +ss
|+| øeez |t | s
|
c
1
caça;.-sa·a·a:o±±a-aaa
:oaa;as-;-s:-a:a·aaaa:o
·a,a-çaça:-a-oasa::-a.·
;·oaa:aaaa;:-
Fig. 811 Interrelated Datum Reference Frames (Cont'd)
70
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.çsì i (:,
GAGE
øs.sse· ss+r
|+|øees
|
c
|s
|
c
|
fosr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì+.+s·zees
f+.scstw.»ccf...zrsf+rtsso.cfrctc. »c-o..cv
-.çsì i (a,
wo··;.a:a
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
\

´
^
´
`
ASME Y14.43-2003
caça;.-sa·a·a:o±±a-aaa:oaa
;.s-;.-s:-a:a·aaaa:ora,a-çaça
:-a-oasa::-a·;·oa.:aaaa;:-.
Fig. Bll Interrelated Datum Reference Frames (Cont'd)
71
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.ç.si ì (a,
GAGE
øssse· ss+r
L .�O O*I
+xø+sz· +ss
|+|øe.ez |c
|
r
|s1
:osc.»:cs-sc¡cc-cstsvcvì++s·zees
:+.scstw. »cc:...zcs¡+ctsso.c:cctc. »c-o..cv
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
caça;.-sa·a·a:o±±a-aaa:oaa
;as-;.-s:-a:a·aaaa:or.,a-çaça
:-a-oasa::-a.·;·oaa:aaaa;:-.
-.ç.si ì(f
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
wo··;.a:a
ca:.±-aa:.·a
cs.±aa:o·¨¸
Fig. Bll Interrelated Datum Reference Frames (Cont'd)
72
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.43-2003
WORKPIECE
I I
ø
'
I

_


__

_

ø
'
1
" '
øse· sz
¬|
øes
®| t® · s®| ¤ |
Fig. 812 Two Datum Features - Single Datum Ais
73
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.ç.si z(a,
* sa±o.aaacaça-.-
* caça-.-a-acaça-.-
uoa·aça.·aas.a.-çr.:
;a·tsvcs+.z=:-.-:-a
s.:a·a-çaorrre· rrz.
* caça-.-uoa
| 4| ø ees
®|
t · s
| ¤ l
:osc.»:cs-sc¡cc-cstsvcvì++s·zees
GAGE
:+. scstw.»cc:...zcs¡+c-stc:.ct.tsso.c:cctc.»c-o..cv
-.ç.si z(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
sa±o.aaa
caça-.-
1 ca:a±-aa:a·a
ts.±aa:o·
��
��
(�
�--
s.aa·±o.as:ooaa
a-aa-oaa;a·:s
ca:a±
-aa:a·as
s.±aa:o·
Fig. 812 Two Datum Features - Single Datum Ais (Cont'd)
74
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPIECE
...
zs
+xøre·rz
� .
Fig. 813 Hole Pattern as a Datum
75
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.ç.si s(a,
GAGE
fosr.»frs-sr¡rc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
f+. scstw. »ccf...zrs¡+r-stcf.ct.tsso.cfrctc.»c-o..cv
-.ç.si s(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
+xca:a±-aa:a·a
ca:a±-aa:a·a
ts.±aa:o·
Fig. 813 Hole Pattern as a Datum (Cont'd)
76
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPIECE
+xøs.s · s+
'+|øe.i
®|
t
|
s
|:'
ASME Y14.43-2003
� vo.aaaca:a±:a·ça:
� -a· tsvr vi +.sv·ì sss
�+e �i ee �
Fig. 814 Equalizing Datums
77
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.çsì +(a,
GAGE
+xøsze· szì
'+|øe.ei
®|
t
|
s
|
c'
I
:osc. »:cs-sc:cc-cstsvcvì++s·zees
:+.scstw.»cc:...zcs:+c-stc:.ct.tsso.c:cctc. »c-o..cv
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
* f-.sa.±a-s.o-.sa·a.:·a·,
** f-.sa.±a-s.o-.s:-aaaa.:.o-
or:-aaas.:zessa ¬a-s.o-s
*** f-.sa.±a-s.o-.s:-aaaa.:.o-
or:-aaas.:ze,sssa ±a-s.o-s
taa:a±:a·ça:s,±aosa·as-o=-
:o·a;·asa-:aa:.±:a·ça:s.±.a:o±
Fig. B14 Equalizing Datums (Cont'd)
78
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.ç.sì+(a,
ca:.±fa¡a:
szs.±aa:o·
ca:a±fa·ça:
sìs.±.a:o·
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
ca:a±fa·ça:
czs.±aa:o·
s.aa·
7\ |
_ �� ¸
1
1
1
1
�---- _____ I __ -
ca:a±fa·ça:
tss.±.a:o·
Fig. 814 Equalizing Datums (Cont'd)
79
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPIECE
il
�.' _
¯
� I
rr
L@
= |
¯

Tl
-
+xør.e·r+
' +| ø


�s+ -
Fig. 815 I rregular Closed Feature Used as a Datum Feature
80
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.ç.sì r(a,
ca:a±c.s
;·oaa:aaa:
.aaa:o-a.:.o-
·aa:..a:o
ca:a±t
GAGE
¡osr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì++szees
¡+.scstw.»cc:...zcs:uc-stc:.ct.tsso.c:cctc.»c-o..cv
-.ç.sì r(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
+xø+rr +rs
Fig. 81 5 I rregular Closed Feature Used as a Datum Feature (Cont'd)
81
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
WORKPIECE
Fig. 816 Radial Hole Pattern Located by Composite Position
82
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.çsì s(a,
GAGE
fosr. »frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì+.+s·zees
f+.scstw.»ccf...zrsf+r-stcf.ct.tssoccfrctc. »c-oc.cv
-.çsì s(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
ca:a±-aa:a·a
ss.±aa:o·
ASME Y14.43-2003
+x ør.se· r.sì
:.·-o-a-a-aaa-aa
roa·çaça;.-saa.a-:ao·
·a:·aa:a::-asa±a·a:a
Fig. 816 Radial Hole Pattern Located by Composite Position (Cont'd)
83
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.ç.si s(:,
GAGE
:osc. »:cs-sc:cc-cstsvcvì++s· zees
:+.scstw. »cc:...zcs:+c-stc:.ct.tsso.c:cctc. »c-o..cv
-.ç.si s(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
ca:a±raa:a·as.±.a:o·t
±as:aa±o.aaaa;a-a
ao=-s.-:a.:·a;·asa-:s
o·.a-:a:.o-o-,
+x ørsr· rss
:a·-o-a-a-aaa-aa
·oa·çaça;.-saa.a-:ao·
·a:·aa:a::-asa±a·a:a
Fig. 816 Radial Hole Pattern Located by Composite Position (Cont'd)
84
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPI ECE
: Q
:
1 � I�--��r-�
I
0-
/1
\
Fig. 817 Datum Targets on a Complex Part
85
ASME Y14.43-2003
øs ì · s+
I
f-
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.çsì r(a,
GAGE
taa:a±:a·ça:s,±aosa·as-o=-
:o·a;·asa-:aa:a±:a·ça:s.±aa:o·s
:osc. »:cs-sc:cc-cstsvcvì++s·zees
:+.scstw.»cc:...zcs:+c-stc:.ct.tsso.c:cctc. »c-o..cv
-.çsì r(a,
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
ca:a±fa·ça:
szs.±.a:o·
ca:a¬fa·ça:
tz s ts
ca:a±:a·ça:
cìs ¬aa:o·
ca:.±fa·ça:
tìs.±aa:o·
Fig. 817 Datum Targets on a Complex Part (Cont'd)
86
øz.se· zss
| +| øe.ez
®|
t
|
s
|
c
|
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPI ECE
øss·ìee
/
¸�"|
t
|
!
8--
\
+xøsss·sse
+|
ø e.zz
®| t
|
s ®|
ì z.ss j
ìz.ee
Fig. B18 Pushpin Gages for Part Clearance Holes
87
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.çsìs(a)
GAGE
c
E
t
3
1
+x øsaa»o:a
U

ø
s+s
s++
sa±aas-oa ìzss
'

|

ø

|
c-
I
aa;:-:-a:.:.s v. »
;.s-aa.-:o
-cs+-.»ctcc-.»
:osc. »:cs-sc:cc-cstsvcvì++s·zees
:+.scstw.»cc:...zcs:+c-stc:.ct.tsso.c:cctc. »c-o..cv
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
øsss· i eee
||�"|
t
|
+x øsaa»o:a
' +| øeez ®Çi z.ss
|
t
|
sI
sa±aas
çaça;.-aoa,
»ofc.f-aa.a±a:a·or:-açaça-oas
a-a:-aaoa,or:-açaça;-s=.aaa
:.ç-:aa:s.a.-çr.: saatsvcs+z
-·ara··aava:·.:..±.:sa-a-.:s
Fig. B18 Pushpin Gages for Part Clearance Holes (Cont'd)
88
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
WORKPI ECE
øì ì esì
' +| ø
¹|
t
|
s
®|
sr-sro:
øi ee-e.r
�÷
+xvsxi zr· su
' +|øe++
®Çì s.s |t| s
®|
sr-srof
ì z.ss
ì z.ee
sì ss
÷
sì sz
Fig. 819 Pushpin Gages for Part Threaded Holes
89
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.çsì s(a,
+x øs+e·s.++
| +

øº ®

t

s

FUNCTIONAL GAGE
tç·.;;.-ç-a-aa.so;:.o-aro·aasaor
çaçaasa.:±a,aaora-,a.a±a:a·,aa:
±.s:aaa ±a-s.o-aaa-a:oa·a-:aaraaaaa
:o:-açaçaa·a=.-ç.
øssr·ss.s
i ssz
i sse
t�
. �
®

t

I I
sz. i rv.»
va·.±a±:-.:·-assor:-açaça
;a:a(ìssz,;as:-a±a·.±.±
t
�aa;:-orI ¬+-a-o�(ì z.ss,
� f+srtcrcctcrscsrw
M8 X 1.25-6G
fosr.»frs-srfrc-rstsvrvì++s·zees
f+. scstw.»ccf...zrsf+r-stcf.ctctsso.cfrctc.»c-o..cv
Fig. 819 Pushpin Gages for Part Threaded Holes (Cont'd)
90
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B
ssocs»f.t.ctc.»cwoss-.scs
øìs:e.z


øº.r
«
¸
z+
~�
+x ør:es
¬|
øe r
@|
t|s
Ç|¤Ç|
ø+r :e.z
¬|øì
Ç|t
|
s
Ç|¤Ç|
¯
ìsr
I
ìse
I
ASME Y14.43-2003
f---·±a·,ca:.¬--a:.·-sara:sa·ra~,:--s-±-aa·,ca:a±--a:a·-sa:, -a·:ar-a:.·-ors:-,a-a:--
f-·:a·,ca:a±--a:a·-sa=a:-r-a:a·-ors:- . -:-s-·a±;-:--·-,=a,sas-aasca:.±--a:a·-c. f--
;a·.ss:aç-aaça-s:ca:a±--a:.·-s±aa:o·ta-ao.-·ca:a±--a:.·-s±.a:o·sssc :---o-sa·-:--:·-a
as-çv·.aaco-a:o-;-s,a-a:--oa:sa-aa±-:-·s:--:·-aas-çav·:aaco-a:o-:,-a-··-a:.-:oca:a±s
t,s a:vvca-ac a:vvc
Fig. 820 Sequential Gaging
91
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
-.çsze(a,
ca:a±
--a:a·-
s.±.a:o·t
-.çsze(a,
-.çsze(:,
uo-sro·
caç--.-s
ca:.¬--a:.±
s.±aa:o·s
øìzsv.·:aaco-a.:.o-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
ctcssocv
+o-ro·ca:.±
--a:a·-s.±.a:o·s
+o-ro·ca:.±
--a:.·-s.±.a:o·c
c·oo.-¬·
occaç-
s:-;ì
v.-=or-a-::o-acaç-=.:-
ca:a±--a:.·-s.±aa:o·t,
·-aa,:o·-~.-a;aa
woss-.scst--.. scfoctcs
s:-;z.
¡--;a-ss:aç-ao-:---.-o.o-acaç-
aça.-s:-·±a·,ca:a±--a:.·-s.±aa:o·t
¡-.s-s:aa.s--s:--o·.--:a:o-o·:--;a·.:o
:--ca:a±s-r-·--:--·a±-
woss-.scst--.. scfoctcs
s:-;s.
¡--s-:o-aa·,ca:a±--a:.·-s.±.a:o·s.s
.-s-·.-a.-:o:--caç-,o:a:-ç:--;a·.
=.:- -:--ca:.±s-r-·--:--·a±-w-.-
±a.-:a--ç:o-:ao=.:-ca:a±--a:.±
s.±aa:o·t,:--;a·:.sr·--:os-.r:s.ç-:,
a-a·o:a:-r·--,aaoa:ca:.¬--a:a·-
s.±aa:o·s.-:--) ;a--f--a±oa-::--
;a·:±a,s-.r..s-ça..a--::o:--:-a·a-:-
a-:=---ca:.±--a:a·-sa-a.:s øìzs
v.·:.aco-a.:.o-s.±aa:o·.
Fig. 820 Sequential Gaging (Cont'd)
92
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.43-2003
-çsze(a,
woss-.rcr«--..rcfoc«cr
>
".ca:a±-aa:.·a
-çsze(a,
-çsze(r,
saasa:a;-ça·aì
ro·caç-çr-a±;a
øì zees·ì zez+
. | øeerÇ
ìs r
|
«1
(sa:a.asca:a±
-aa:a·ass±aa:o·,
s.eìv. »
»ofr« r.:s;a·«svrs+z
-·ara··aava:·:.±:sa-a-:s
(sa-çf · -ss-aa±a:as
=:-cr-oa,
s±.a:o· c
r.svaaaco-a:o-
s:a;+.
f-afaaa·,ca:a±-aa:.·as±.a:o·cs
-sa·:aa-:o:-acaça=-:-·as:·::s:-a
·o:a:o-o·:-a;a·:aaoa:ca:.±-aa:.·a
s±aa:o·s:-aa±oa-::-a;a·:±a,·o:a:as
aça.aa-::o:-a:aa·a-:aaaoaa-ca:a±
-aa:a·ass a-aca-a:-a·ì zsa-ars
v·:.aco-a:o-s±aa:o·s,·as;ao.a,
woss-.rcr«--..rcfoc«cr
c«crs«sr
r.eer· reze
s:a;r.
v·:aaco-a:o-;-sa·a-sa·:aa-:o:-a
-.-::o-acaça:o.a·µ-oao:a:o-sa-aa
v·:.aco-a:o-:,-aa·s-sa·:aa:o.a·,
:-a00 o:a:o-.:-a00 ±as:aa=:--:s
v·:.aco-a:o-=:-a;-s -sa·.aas-:aa
:o-:·oaaraa:a·asa·a·aa:aa:oca:a±s«,s
a:vvc,a-aca:vvc.f-as:aorca:a±
-aa:a·as,ca:.±-aa:a·ac,:-a-oas,a-a
:-a00 ±as:aa.a·raasa;a·a:a,
¬|
eì Çìsr
|« | s1
se · sr 1
(sa~.asca:.±
-aa:a·acs±aa:o·,
øse.eì· see+
ca:a±-aa:a·a
«s±aa:o·
¬|
øeerÇì s.r
|
« | s
|
c1
(sa:a.as00 caça,
+xø+ee+· + eìs
¬|
øe.erÇì s.r
|
« | s
|
c1
(sa:a.asvc--s,
ca:.±-aa:.·a«o-:-acaças:-as±aa:o·ro·ca:.±-aa:a·a«o-:-a;a·:f-acaçaaso:o-:a-s·a:a.a·s
(-oasa-aso:s,ro·;-s:-a:s±aa:aca:a±-aa:a·ass a-aco-:-a;aaas=aas·a:a.a·sro·:-av·:aa
co-a:o-;-sa-a00 caçacaçaraa:.·a:oa·a-:asa·aìexor:-aasso:a:aa;a·:·aa:.·a:oa·a-:as
Fig. 820 Sequential Gaging (Cont'd)
93
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003 NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B
-.çsze(ç,I
ctfcv-stfcssss. vc.tfos
�z+ -er �

-er
¯
!
1
ìzs

e+
f
-
-t 31 1 � ::: ·
'- : ·· �
f-- øìz.s:,.-a-·.s:--v.aaaco-a.:.o-
s.±aa:o·ro·ca:a±--a:a·-sor:--;a·.
s---.ç.sze(:,ro·a;;.:a:o-.
-.çsze(.,I
ctfcv-stfcsscs. vc.tfos
�z+ :e.r

:e.r

t- -t+
:--rs=a:-.s:--v.·.aaco-a.:.o-
s.±aa:o·ro·ca:a±--a:a·-cor:--;a·:
s---.ç.sze(a,ro·a;;.:a:o-.
-çsze(-,I
+o.sctcs-.»s

1z+ :er �
� l
ì r -er
¯

+
- -E+

z
e.er +.e�
)

·e ) s.ssz
-:··
f--ø+z:, .-a-·.s:--v.aaaco-a.:.o-
s.±aa:o·ro·:--+xø+:es-o-so-:--;a·.
s---.çsze(-,ro·a;;:a:.o-
-çsze),I
ocfs.csc.tvs¡ssctcs
¯
z+ :er
¯
:--ø+sz:,.-a-·.s:--v.·.aaco-a.:.o-
s.±aa:o·ro·:--oa:s.a-a.a±-:-·or:--;a·.
s---çsze(-,ro·a;;.¬:.o-
--·o±tsvcs+z-·-r-··-av-:·.:..±.:sa-a-.:s(s.a.-çr.:· -ss-ar.±a:-s=.:-cr-o-,
Fig. 820 Sequential Gaging (Cont'd)
94
t
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX C
REGARDLESS OF FEATURE SI ZE
(1 RFS GAGING
Regardless of feature size (RFS) is a term used to indicate
that a geometric tolerance or datum reference applies
at any increment of the feature size within its size toler­
ance. As such, the geometric tolerance is independent
of the finished size of the feature. RFS can be applied
to the datum feature surfaces and to the other features
whose axes or center planes are controlled by geometric
tolerances.
With this concept, te actual axis of a part datum
feature shall be used for inspection regardless of the
finished size of the feature. Therefore, this type of inspec­
tion equipment usually is characterized by expanding
devices, tapered locators, V-blocks, spring-loaded
devices, or oter units capable of locating the axis or
center plane of te datum feature. Fixed-size elements
are not appropriate for ascertaining the compliance of
controlled features. Therefore, when a geometric toler­
ance is independent of feature size, the design frequently
uses dial indicators or other devices capable of variables
measurement.
Inspection equipment designs of this nature would
apply to situations in which the callout for positional
tolerance directly states the RFS requirement. When no
modifier is specified, the RFS condition applies.
The basic advantage of the RFS type of inspection
equipment design is its ability to perform a measurement
accurately and independently of feature size variations.
In some cases, RFS is the only functional inspection
method. Gage designs for inspecting RFS callouts often
employ dial indicators, which provide easy recalibra­
tion. Wear adjustments are an inherent part of the design.
This ease of recalibration also provides an easy means of
compensating for revisions in product size or tolerance
requirements. When dial indicators or similar units are
incorporated into the design, RFS inspection equipment
can determine not only whether or not the product is
within specified limits, but also the magnitude and sup­
port phase of the life cycle, in which the product rebuild
design may provide for adjustment to compensate for
wear. Under tese circumstances, RFS can be a desirable
tolerancing concept.
The disadvantage of the RFS concept is that the cost
of the required inspection equipment is generally higher,
as is the level of operator skill needed. Also, if expanding
and contracting gage elements are not used, an infinite
range of gage element sizes would be required to gage a
95
part dimensioned with an RFS modifier, as this modifier
does not allow use of fixed-size gaging elements.
(a) Gage Example With Both RFS and MMC References.
See Fig. C1. This example shows a workpiece that has
two rectangular size datum features referenced at RFS,
with round considered features referenced at MMC.
While the gage has a complex datum feature simulator
for te RFS datums, it has a conventional set of fixed­
size gaging elements for the holes at MMC. This gage
represents a combination of hole pattern alignment to
the datums, while the patter takes advantage of MMC
for ability of assembling the feature relationship. In Fig.
C1, sketches (a) and (b) show the gage and describe its
features.
(b) Gage Example With All RFS References. See Fig. C2
(Fig. 5-60 of ASME Y14.5M-1994). This example shows
a workpiece that has a single size datum feature and
considered feature, both referenced at RFS. While the
workpiece appears to be simple, the gage required to
inspect the requirements is complex. A description for
the use of te gage follows.
(1) In Fig. C2, sketch (b) shows the workpiece
restrained to simulated datum features as specified by
the workpiece shown in Fig. C2.
The guide block and three pins are shown assembled
over guide rail 1. The guide block and three pins have
been omitted over guide rail 2 for illustration clarity.
The complete gage is shown in sketch (a).
Datum A feature of the workpiece makes contact on
the datum A simulator. Clockwise rotation of the crank
causes the guide rails 1 and 2 to move inward simultane­
ously to simulate datum feature B center plane of the
workpiece. The workpiece is brought into contact with
the pin or pins indicated 3. See sketch (f).
The expanding block is inserted into the slot of the
workpiece and is expanded to contact the sides of the
slot.
The base block is shown wit tree fixed pins, which
pass through holes in the guide block.
The guide blocks are capable of up-and-down adjust­
ment to allow for the variable thickness of the workpiece.
This is necessary because the tolerance projects through
the thickness of the workpiece.
A dial indicator is used to check the location and
orientation of the slot.
(2) The cross sections shown in Fig. C2, sketches
(c) and (d) were taken from te gage shown in sketch
(b). The dial indicator shall be set to zero using the
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003 NON MANDATORY APPENDIX C
WORKPIECE
1 -1
¢ 0.25
@I
A
I
B
l e l
UOS ANGLES ±1 0
o
36
-0.5
B
4X ¢ 4+g·
25
1 -1
¢0.25
@I A
I
B l el
o
Fig. (1 Two Rectangular Size Datum Features at RFS
calibration gage shown in sketch (e) prior to taking any
measurements.
Sketch (c) shows the slot at near-ideal location and
orientation. Sketch (d) shows the slot wit orientation
and location error. There is one set of four inspection
bores at the forward position of the slot and four more
inspection bores at the aft end of the slot. The instruc­
tions that follow are for one set of four inspection bores.
This process would be repeated for the other set of four
inspection bores.
The dial indicator is shown inserted into each inspec­
tion bore to show how the gage is used. Only one dial
indicator is needed to inspect the slot for location and
orientation. The expanding block is shown inserted into
the slot of the workpiece. A dog-legged inspection probe
is shown in each of the inspection bores. These probes
remain in the bores as part of the gage. The dog-legged
inspection probes contact the expanding block with the
knife edge of the probe on the same plane as datum
feature A simulator. The dial indicator is used to probe
position 1 and the reading is recorded. Next, the dial
indicator is used to probe position 2, and te reading is
recorded and compared for deviation against the read­
ing for position 1. The deviation shall be equal to or less
than the stated positional tolerance.
The guide block for position 3 is brought into contact
with te surface of the workpiece. The dial indicator is
inserted into the inspection bore and te dog-legged
96
inspection probe contacts the expanding block with the
knife edge of the probe on the same plane as the contact
surface of the workpiece. The dial indicator reading for
position 3 is recorded. The guide block for position 4 is
brought into contact with the surface of te workpiece.
The dial indicator is inserted into the inspection bore and
te dog-legged inspection probe contacts the expanding
block with the knife edge of the probe on te same
plane as the contact surface of the workpiece. The dial
indicator reading for position 4 is recorded, and the
deviation between positions 3 and 4 shall be equal to
or less than te stated positional tolerance.
(3) Figure C2, sketch (f) shows the workpiece with
relevant features of the gage to describe the inspection
method for the location and orientation error of the slot.
The length of the slot is a variable and the slot can
be longer or shorter as specified by the plus or minus
tolerance shown in Fig. C2. Checking the various lengths
of the slots would add more complexity to the gage.
With the plus or minus tolerance on the length, there is
a certain portion of the slot tat is unusable, and in the
case shown in sketch (f) the gage is designed to check
only the functional length of the slot. The workpiece is
brought into contact with one of the two pins, and the
aft upper and lower dog-legged inspection probes con­
tact the expanding block at the points indicated as A
and B.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX C ASME Y14.43-2003
Fig. C1 {a)
GAGE WI TH PUSH PI NS I NSERTED
¢21 .75 - 21 .79
1 -1 ¢ 0.025@1 A l B
1
C
1
This crank moves slides B1 and B2
inward and outward simultaneously
with accurate alignment to the cnter.
TO BE I NTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003
THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE BLANK GAGI NG POLICY
4X ¢3.750 - 3.775
1 -1 ¢ 0.025 @ 1 Al B 1 C 1
(Pushpin)
This crank moves slides C1
and C2 inward and outward
simultaneously with accurate
alignment to the cnter.
Fig. C1 {b)
WORKPI ECE APPLI ED TO GAGE
Five holes are located in the
tool from the di mensions on
the drawing. The part is aligned
to the center of B and C.
The virtual size pins are
inserted into the holes to
verify locational requirements
on the manufactured part.
Fig. C1 Two Rectangular Size Datum Features at RFS (Cont'd)
97
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME Y14.43-2003
Fig. C2(a)
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX C
WORKPIECE
r
20.6
20.4
A
7.8 - 8.2
This Figure illustrates the complete gaging fxtur for the workpiec shown above.
It is the basis for Figs. C2(b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) that describe the gaging details.
Expanding Block
Dial Indicator
Knife Edge Probes
Fig. (2 Rectangular Size Feature at RFS
98
Datum Feature
B Simulator
"
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX C
Fig. C2(b)
Dial Indicator
Expanding Block
Datum Feature
B Simulator
Fig. C2 Rectangular Size Feature at RFS (Cont'd)
99
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ASME Y14.43-2003
Fig. C2(c)
Fig. C2(d)
Guide block moves
Simulated center plane of slot
Guide block moves
Guide block moves
Fig. C2 Rectangular Size Feature at RFS (Cont'd)
100
NONMANDATORY APPENDIX C
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NON MANDATORY APPENDIX C
Fig. C2(e)
Fig. C2(f)
Functional
length of the slot
Pin 2 places
The dial indicator cali bration
gage used to zero the indicator
is built into the base block.
Simulated datum
plane B
Actual center plane of the slot
Fig. C2 Rectangular Size Feature at RFS (Cont'd)
101
ASME Y14.43-2003
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Engineering Drawing and Related Documentation Practices
Decimal Inch Drawing Sheet Size and Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.1-1995(R2002)
Metric Drawing Sheet Size and Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. 1M-1995(R2002)
Line Conventions and Letteri ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.2M-1992(R1998)
Multiview and Secti onal View Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.3M-1994(R1999)
Pictorial Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.4M-1989(R1999)
Dimensioning and Tolerancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.5M-1994(R1999)
Mathematical Definition of Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principl es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.5.1M-1994(R1999)
Certification of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Professional s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.5.2-2000
Screw Thread Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.6-2001
Gears and Splines
Spur, Helical, Doubl e Hel ical and Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.7.1-1971(R1998)
Bevel and Hypoid Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.7.2-1978(R1999)
Castings and Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.8M-1996(R2002)
Mechanical Spring Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.13M-1981(R1998)
Optical Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.18M-1986(R1998)
Types and Applications of Engineering Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.24-1999
Chassis Frames - Passenger Car and Light Truck - Ground Vehicle Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. 32.1M-1994(R1999)
Associated Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.34M-1996(R2002)
Revision of Engineering Drawings and Associated Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.35M-1997
Surface Texture Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.36M-1996(R2002)
Abbrevi ations and Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.38-1999
Basic Rules for the Design of Graphical Symbol s for Use in the Technical Documentation of Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.0-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 1: General I nformation and I ndexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.1-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 2: Symbols Having General Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.2-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 3: Connections and Related Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.3-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 4: Actuators and Related Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.4-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 5: Measurement and Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.5-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 6: Measurement and Control Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.6-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 7: Basic Mechanical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.7-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 8: Valves and Dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.8-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 9: Pumps, Compressors, and Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.9-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 10: Fluid Power Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.10-2003
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 11: Devices for Heat Transfer and Heat Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.11-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 12: Devices for Separating, Purification, and Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.12-2002
Graphical Symbol s for Diagrams, Part 15: I nstallation Diagrams and Network Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.40.15-2003
Digital Product Definition Data Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.41-2003
Digital Approval Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.42-2002
Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principl es for Gages and Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.43-2003
Engineering Drawing Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.100-2000
Graphic Symbols for:
Pl umbi ng Fixtures for Diagrams Used in Architecture and Bui l ding Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y32.4-1977(R1999)
Railroad Maps and Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y32.7-1972(R1999)
Mechanical and Acoustical Elements as Used in Schematic Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y32. 18-1972(R1998)
The ASME Publications Catalog shows a complete list of all the Standards published by the Society. For a complimentar catalog, or the latest
informat ion about our publications, call 1 -800-THE-ASME (1 -800-843-2763).
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS under license with ASME Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002
Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
-
`
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
,
,
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
`
`
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-
ISBN 0-7918-2808-5
9 78079 1 828083
1 11111111 111 1 1 11 1 11111 1111 1 111 111 1 1 1 1111

WORKPIECE

2X ¢12+0.2

I -$- I ¢ 0.2@1 A l B 1 C 1

o

Inner Boundary Hole - Geo Tol at MMC Inner Boundary Hole

MMC

12.0 - 0.2 11.8

--

Outer Boundary Hole 12.2 + Geo Tol at LMC + 0.4 Outer Boundary Hole 12.6

LMC

WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE

Datum Feature C Simulator Workpiece

Fig. 1 1

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

--------�w;OOFRKP,EcE

101
U-'

O.'� 011A�

.95

� �B�=---_ --

--==-__--, -

I

2X

Fig. 1 1 1

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

¢ 1-$-I¢o@IAIB lcl
11.8-12.2�-,

1 r{:i---�L-�---l1 ----t 2X ¢ 1 1 . GAGE ¢ See Note Fig.`.....`.WORKPI ECE 101 0..`--- 2X .```.``. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.``````.8-12.``-`-`..zes.. At Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. tolerances f POSI·t·on and material conditions.`.· See Tables A1 .2 NOTE. 0 I .A3 for gage pin �i..```....

``-`-`..��� ................1..i�t.. ........ ----�-- II : I �Ab...'� To!e........ 11 J33 Outer Boundary l_:�t��_l�_ �:_��_�_ _L�_ L�_L�_ _ _! '" (11.`...(002iw�..... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT 11....... 01L81�11..�����: �'S.......i i Tolerance (Hole Size) :� L � ___ ________________________ r--O-�4-�v�..�'S.. ..81�1"1 .`.......................... 7"�)':/o {O..5%) :::::::----l.. � (d) Fig.piet....2 004 VVorn...```.```... ....80 Inner Boundary ...`.................. (Before Wear) --`..5(%) (Before \Near) --..T�i..........'------------..� 011.....5..............``..............``````....82 (2..........-: • -oo( • L OLE I ...7') 012.....82 (Gage Pin) ! Gage Pin Size..........�� .. ..0"1 @�FS (2........:.2 �E I j i ! (11..........·�!·I?e OJ PosiUoTolerance (Before Wean.......'e Tolerance (Hole Size} H =VC ��E �� (c) ::: Gage Pin Olameter 0·11...�..8 �---................. ll' ........... pi�...`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS .............*-J ............ A2 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..........P�I..7)I ..Os} Gage n 00....:......kpi���---1 ___________ 012..

10..```..Fig.`. 813 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig. B13(a) GAGE 2X ¢ 10..`--- .``````..``-`-`....10 1 -$...I ¢ o @I A I B I TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.`..09 .```. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`. B13(b) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Feature A Simulator Fig..``.

.3 1 A l B @ 1 SEP REQT 12.5 Fig.```.. B19 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.1 ¢ 1 @ I A I B @1 SEP REQT ¢ 100 ±0.00 31 .``````.`--- ! \ ¢ 99-100 UJ ®I A I ---+--- � 4X ¢ 8.66-8..``.. B 1 8 WORKPI ECE ¢ 1 1 0 ±1 1 -$.`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .L I ®I A I � 4X M8X1 .1 ¢ 0...6H I -$.88 -+---1 31 .```..44 @ ® 19.22 @I A I B @1 12..62 Fig.``-`-`..25 ...WORKPI ECE / 8 --`.`..`.90 1 -$.00 j � 0 0.83 12.83 12..5 I .1 ¢ 0 .

� M8 X 1...44 1 -$. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..25-6G THREADED GAGE SCREW Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. It may be of any diameter.. ...`--- FU NCTIONAL GAGE A gripping handle is optional for ease of gage use.```.83) ..`.6 I _Ll @I A I TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.I ¢ o @I A I B I ¢ 99.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.5-99.40-8. 819 (Cont'd) IIIIIII mr +. .``-`-`.`.Fig.15 MIN Maximum thickness of the gage plate (19.-:IIIII:I� I I �ffiUUL 32. B19(a) --`.30 t� 4X ¢ 8..32) plus the maximum depth oflha II" ...``````..``.. 19.```.32 19. but must be dimensioned and toleranced if added to the gage drawing. ho� (12.`.

The size of Datum Feature B. Fig.lJ¢ 0. and C at MMC..024 .``-`-`...S I1 ¢ 12.7.020 I-$-I 0..04 1-$-1 ¢0.h6 shaft mates with G7 hole) Datum Feature A on the Gage is the simulator for Datum Feature A on the part. Gage feature tolerances are 10% of the associated part feature tolerances.006-12.Fig. Virtual Condition Virtual Condition pins are inserted into the of 00 Functional Gage to verify hole locations and a Virtual Condition cylinder is inserted to verify the 00 location..01 . B20(d) > � Datum Feature WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Simulator C 7..60.`--- NOTE: All fits per ASME B4.. The Tertiary Datum Feature Simulator C is inserted into the Gage which restricts the rotation of the part about Datum Feature Simulator B. GAGE BASE 7.`. B20(e) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE 10 =48.3 and 7.. B20(f) See Setup Figure 1 for Gaging Example 9. and the 00 must be verified separately. The Gage also contains receivers (holes and slots) for pins that simulate Datum Features B and C on the part as well as receivers for the Virtual Condition pins and 00 Gage.s l A l B 1 C 1 (Receives 00 Gage) 4X ¢ 4.OS® 16.OS® 16. B at MMC. respectively.9 Virtual Condition Simulators.s l A l B 1 C 1 (Receives VC Pins) --`.9. s l A I I(Receives Datum Feature B Simulator) 6. Fig. The 00 must be within its Virtual Condition with all pins inserted since all controlled features are related to Datums A..2 Preferred Metric Limits and Fits (sliding fit .4. 820 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.s l A l B 1 (Receives Datum Feature C Simulator) Fig.OS® 16..00S.016 1-$-1 ¢0.`.```.004 .```.`.2 Step S.0 .``. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .01 MIN Datum Feature A Simulator ¢ 60.. Datum Feature C. the holes.``````.9 Virtual Condition Step 4.1 ® 16. The amount the part may rotate is equivalent to the clearance between Datum Features B and C and their 12.

`.`...`.``-`-`...```....`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..``````.--`...``..```. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .

`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`..``-`-`....``````.```....`...``..`.`.```. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .

ASME Y14.43, Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principles for Gages and Fixtures, was adopted on 28 January 2003 for use by the Department of Defense, DoD. Proposed changes by DoD activities must be submitted to the DoD Adopting Activity: Commander, u.s. Army TACOM-ARDEC, ATTN: AMSTA-AR-QAW-E, Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000. Copies of this document may be purchased from The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 22 Law Drive, PO Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900; http: / /www.asme.org.

ADOPTION NOTICE

ASME

Y14.43

Custodians: Army - AR Navy - SA Air Force - 16 DLA - DH

Adopting Activity: Army - AR (Project DRPR-0382)

Review Activities: Army - AT, AV, CE, CR, EA, MI, SM, TE Navy - AS, CH, EC, MC, OS, SH, TD, YD Air Force - 11, 13, 19, 68, 70, 71, 84, 99 DLA - CC, GS, IS NSA - NS

AMSC N/A DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

AREA DRPR

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT


®

The Ameri••• Society o. Mechanical Engineers
A M E RIC A N N ATIO N AL S T A N D A R D

A N

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES

ASME Y14.43-2003
Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

The next edition of this Standard is scheduled for publication in 2008. There will be no addenda or written interpretations of the requirements of this Standard issued to this edition.

Date of Issuance: September 12, 2003

ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. This code or standard was developed under proced ures accredited as meeting the criteria for American National Standards. The Standards Committee that approved the code or standard was balanced to assure that individuals from com petent and concerned interests have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed code or standard was made available for public review and comment that provides an op portunity for additional public input from industry, academia, regulatory agencies, and the pUblic-at-large. ASME does not "approve," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity. ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to ins ure anyone utilizing a standard against liabi lity for infringement of any applicable letters patent, nor assumes any such liability. Users of a code or standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely their own responsibility. Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person (s) affi liated with industry is not to be interpreted as govern ment or industry end orsement of this code or stand ard. ASME accepts responsibi lity for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established ASME procedures and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by in divid uals.

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form, in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publisher.

Copyright © 2003 by TH E AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHAN ICAL E N G I N EERS All rights reserved Printed in U.s.A. The American Society of Mechanical Engin eers Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .. . .... 2 iv v vi 1 3 7 16 17 19 10 12 13 14 21 27 31 45 95 1 G n ral. ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .... . . . . ... . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .Type 1 . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . .``````. . . . . ... . .. . . . . . .. . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .```. . . .. . . . .. . . . B Examples and Illustrations ... .. .. . . . .. . .``-`-`.. . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . Committee Roster . . . . ... . . . . . . . 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 F igure s Diamond Pin Construction .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . e F ixture s. ... . C Regardless of Feature Size . . ... .. . . .. . . .. . . e e Principl s.. . . .. e U sag . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushpin Construction . . . . . . . . . . e D ime nsioning and Tol rancing . .. . . . .. . .. . . . . . ... . .. . . . ... . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .`. .. . . . .. . . .. .. ... . ... . .. . .. .. . ... . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. .. . ... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. Pushpin Construction . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. e Gag De sign . . . . . . ... . . .`. . . . . . .```.. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . Fixed Pin Construction . . . . . . . . . . . 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . .. .. . . . .. . . .. . . .`. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . .. .. . . . . . .. . . Mandatory A pp ndice s e Illustrations of Gaging Policy . ... . .. . . . ... . . . . .. .``. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .. . .CONTENTS Foreword . . . ... . . . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . .. .. . .. . . .. . .. . ... . . . . . .... . . . .. .. . ..... .. . . . . . . . Material Condition Explanation . . . . .. .Type 2 . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . .. . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . . . . ... .... . .. . . . . . . . .. . ... . . .. .. . .. . . . . . .. .. . iii --`. . . . . . .`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. . . . . . .. . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... . . . . . .. ... . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . A I II Non andatory A pp ndice s m e Examples of Gage Characteristics .. ... . . . Summary of Changes . . . . ... . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

The gages discussed in this Standard deal with the collection of attribute data only (good vs. The gages and fixtures displayed in this Standard represent the physical embodiment of the theory shown in ASME Y14.. we would not have been able to complete this Standard. This Standard also addresses. iv Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. while the fixtures are to be used in conjunction with variable data collection devices..4M and ASME Y14.5M-1994 for the simulation of (MMC concept) virtual condition boundaries. functional gages used for the measurement of geometric tolerances specifically for the verification of virtual condition boundaries (MMC concept). They should be sent to The Ameri­ can Society of Mechanical Engineers. New York. Suggestions for improvement of this Standard are welcome. Fixtures are also addressed.. Attn: Secretary.5M. for the first time.`. and to Lowell Foster.`. Thanks to the committee members responsible for developing and maintaining ANSI B4. The rules and principles in this Standard are consistent with the previously published informa­ tion in ANSI B4. NY 10016. more information and many more examples of gages and fixtures are presented. and proper datum feature simulation. Dimensioning and Tolerancing..```. The understanding of gages and fixtures is the key to understanding dimensioning and toleranc­ ing of products in accordance with ASME Y14. This Standard was approved as an American National Standard on January 28. bad information)..`--- . while the fixtures will represent only the referenced datum features..``. As illustrated in this Standard.5M-1994. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.. which has since been retired. and functional gages are primarily utilized for the collection of attribute data.5M. This Standard shows the principles and choices available to design..5M. 2003. Y14 Standards Committee. Since this is the main focus of this Standard. Three Park Avenue. GO.5M-1994.``-`-`. dimension.. Inspection of Workpieces. This material was developed from ANSI B4.```. the fixtures will differ from the gages in the respect that the gages will represent referenced datum features and controlled features.``````. NOGO...4M and ASME Y14. Without it. for the help they have provided.4M-1981. It addresses GO gages for measuring maximum material condition and NOGO gages for measuring least material condition.FOREWORD This Standard contains information showing methods for creating gages and fixtures for features that use principles found in ASME Y14. Fixtures are used to properly simulate datum features while an end product is being measured for variable data collection and in certain stages of manufacturing. and tolerance gages and fixtures in compliance with the principles in ASME Y14.`.

H.. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers A. W. Curtis. Cymer Inc. D.. Gomez. Vice Chair C. A. L. Visteon Corp. G. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . Wilson. Ohio Un iversity E. Daim ler Chrysler P J. Lockheed Martin Aerona utics R. McCuistion. ARDEC C. J.. Bakos. James D. Caterpillar. Miles.. K. MTD Products. A. Niemiec. Consultant J. A. Sandia National Laboratory B. Whitmire. U. Lachut.. Monroe Community Col lege B.```. Dimensional Control Systems. D. Gary Whitmire Associates K. Harding. Douglas Aircraft Co. The Boeing Co. Dahlgren Division A. G. R.`.. J. Foster. Secretary J. Inc. Day. Inc. L.. R.``. King. A. S. Bakos.`. Chair K. J. A. Nieukirk. Burleigh. J. B.`. Visteon Corp.``````. v Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. Inc. V. General Motors Powertrain H. P. Wiegandt. C. Consultant B. Zimmermann. R. Ohio University . E.. Chadderdon. Campbell. A. E. E. Rexnord Ind ustries. Texas Instruments R. Hoganson. Vice Chair. Inc. M. Mares. Jr. Baker. Gomez. --`. SU B OMMITTEE 43 C - DIME SI ONIN AND TO E N G L RANCING OF FUN ON G S CTI AL AGE EI Camino College Boeing Commercial Airplane Group P.. Hughes. S.s. P. WM Education Services L.`--- J. McCuistion.. Stickley. Inc. Foster Associates. Harper College P Hastie.) OFFICERS F. Anderson. R. R. Meadows & Associates. E. Chair.. Secretary. Consultant F. J. Alstom Power Inc.. Wreede. W. Wiegandt. Meadows. P. Ferguson. E. The Boeing Co. .. Wheeler. Department of the Army. D. C OMMITTEE PE ONNEL RS Purdue University Naval Surface Warfare Center. Southwest Consu ltants M. Dinardo.``-`-`.```. Sr. Krulikowski. Inc.ASM E STAN DARDS COM M I TTEE Y14 Engineering Drawing and Related Documentation Practices (The following is the roster of the Committee at the time of approval of this Standard. W. I . Keith.

ASM E Y14.``. 22 Page Location Mandatory Appendix I Mandatory Appendix II Nonmandatory Appendix A Nonmandatory Appendix A Nonmandatory Appendix B Nonmandatory Appendix B Nonmandatory Appendix B Nonmandatory Appendix B Nonmandatory Appendix B Change Figure I1 revised Figure II1 revised Figure Al revised Figure A2(c) and (d) revised Figure B13(b) revised Figure B18 revised Figure B19 revised Figure B19(a) revised Figure B20(f) revised 28 35 37 76 --`...`.`..```..43-2003 was approved by the American National Standards Institute on January 28.. 2003.```.43-2003 S U M MARY OF CHANG ES Following approval by the ASME YI4 Committee and ASME. and after public review.``````.`--- 87 89 90 93 vi Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`..... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..``-`-`.. ASME YI4.

Dimensional Measurement Planning ASME Y14.`--- 1. which collect attribute data when used for the verification of workpieces dimensioned and toleranced in accordance with ASME Y14.. The following mandada o d tory appendices are included in this Standard: (a) I. Examples and Illustrations (c) C. Box 2300.1 Scope This Standard presents the design practices for dimen­ sioning and tolerancing of gages and fixtures used for the verification of maximum material condition (MMC) size envelopes and virtual condition boundaries gener­ ated by geometric tolerances controlled at maximum material condition. the latest edition shall apply. see paras. Mathematical Definition of Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principles Publisher: The American Society of Mechanical Engi­ neers (ASME International).`. 1M-1994.1 Ga ging actual local size: the value of any individual distance at any cross section of a feature (see ASME Y14. 2 through 6.7.``-`-`. Material Condition Explanation 1. customary units could equally well have been used without prejudice to the principles established.ASME Y14. Dimensioning and Tolerancing ASME Y14.1. Fairfield.2 Units The International System of Units (SI) is featured in this Standard because SI units commonly supersede United States (U. 5. These practices focus on the design of receiver-type gages. NJ 07007-2300 1 .5. this fact shall be noted on the drawing or in a document refer­ enced on the drawing.1 Ma n t ry Appe n ices.2.S.6. 1 .2.. Numerical val­ ues of dimensions and tolerances are illustrative only. Reference to this Standard shall state ASME Y14. 1 .``````. U. Wavi­ ness.) customary units specified on engi­ neering drawings. Illustrations of Gaging Policy (b) II. Surface Texture (Surface Roughness.2.S.43-2003 ENGINEERING DRAWING AND RELATED DOCUMENTATION PRACTICES D I M EN S I ON I N G AN D TOLERAN C I N G PRI N C I PLES FOR GAG ES 1 AN D FIXTU RES GEN ERAL 1 . 1 .. Figures may show added detail for emphasis or be incomplete by intent.5M-1994.4 Reference to This Standard Where drawings are based on this Standard. 5 Appendices 1. for example. 1 --`.. Preferred Metric Limits and Fits ASME B46.43-2003.5M-1994. The following nono ma da o d mandatory appendices are included with this Standard: (a) A. Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. NY 1001 6-5990.`..7 Definitions The following terms are defined as their use applies in this Standard. 5. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .. ASME B4. attribute gage: the family of receiver gages used to collect attributes data. Examples of Gage Characteristics (b) B..5M-1994). Temperature and Humidity Environment for Dimensional Measurement ASME BS9.7. 1 . Three Park Avenue.5M-1994. Order Department: 22 Law Drive. and Lay) ASME BS9. Unless otherwise indi­ cated.``.2 N n n t ry Appe n ices. For gaging and fixturing principles and practices.3 Fi gures The figures in this Standard are in accordance with ASME Y14. Regardless of Feature Size 1 .```..```.`.6 References The following documents form a part of this Standard to the extent specified herein.. GO and functional gages.. The figures are intended only as illustrations to aid the user in understanding the design principles and methods of gaging and fixturing design described in the text.. New York. Examples of gages used to inspect workpieces using regardless of feature size (RFS) are shown in Appendix C.

See definition for simultaneous gaging requirement. Tol rancing e 1.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES attributes data: information obtained from an inspection process that indicates only whether a part is acceptable or not acceptable. In cases where there is adequate information based on a statistical dis­ tribution. (See ASME Y14. Also referred to as a limit gage.`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . separate gaging requirement: the condition where features or patterns of features that are located from a common datum reference frame do not need to be inspected together (this does not affect the within-pattern require­ ment). maximum shaft diameter).. datum feature simulator: a gage or fixture element (such as a surface plate.```.1.) maximum material condition (MMC): the condition in which a feature of size contains the maximum amount of material within the stated limits of size (e. this is calculated by subtracting the geometric tolerance applicable at MMC from the MMC size of the feature. the level of acceptability is recorded as a numerical value. Therefore. gage surface. virtual condition (MMC concept): for all internal features of size. The fixture and its gage elements represent simulated datum features from the mating part and are identified on gage drawings using techniques found in ASME Y14.. calibration: the act of inspecting and sub sequent adjusting of a gage..2 gage element: a physical feature of the gage used in the verification of workpiece compliance to the associated tolerance requirement. gagemakers' toleranc e: the manufacturing tolerance allowed a gagemaker that is applied to gages and com­ parator setting masters.```. and form controls. This gage is also referred to as a NOT GO gage.. virtual condition: the constant boundary generated by the collective effects of a size feature's specified MMC or LMC and the geometric tolerance for that material condition.``````. fixed limit gage: a device of defined geometric form and size used to assess the conformance of a feature(s) of a workpiece to a dimensional specification. functional gage: a fixed limit gage used to verify virtual condition boundaries (MMC concept) generated by the collective effect of the feature's maximum material con­ dition and the applicable geometric tolerance at the MMC size. variables data: information obtained from an inspection process that indicates the level of acceptability of a part by yielding a measured value...``. fixture: a device used to hold parts securely in the correct position in a tool or gage during manufacturing. or inspection. assem­ bly. mini­ mum hole diameter. wear allowances. measurement uncertainties. GO gage: a fixed limit gage that checks a feature of size for acceptance within maximum material condition perfect form boundary. to meet a specific parameter.`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. For all external features of size. minimum shaft diameter).g. this is calculated by adding the geometric tolerance applicable at MMC to the MMC size of the feature. the estimate may be associated with a specific probability. or mandrel) associated with the datum feature(s) and used to establish the simu­ lated datum(s).7. least material condition (LMC): the condition in which a feature of size contains the least amount of material within the stated limits of size (e. (See ASME Y14. an alternative form of numeri­ cal expression of the degree of confidence to be attached to the estimate may be given. 2. measurement uncertainty: the difference between the cor­ rected measured size and the actual size. maximum hole diameter.5M-1994. 2. optimistic tolerancing: the policy of tolerancing gages that ensures all part features within tolerance that are gaged are accepted by the gage...g. the abbre­ viation SEP REQT is placed under the feature control frame. The lower segment of a compos­ ite feature control frame does not share the requirement unless specified by the abbreviation SIM REQT. 2 absolute tolerancing (pessimistic tolerancing): the policy of tolerancing gages that ensures complete random ability of parts assembly by applying gagemakers' tolerances. subassembly. workpiece/part: the general term denoting a discrete end product. In other cases.. If simultaneous gaging is not required. all within the workpiece limits of size and geo­ metric controL See para.3. where needed. practical absolute tolerancing: the policy of tolerancing gages that predicts most part features within tolerance --`..5M-1994.) NOGO gage: a fixed limit gage that checks a feature of size for violation of the least material condition actual local size. simultaneous gaging requirement: the condition where all of the features or patterns of features that are located from a common datum reference frame are inspected together as a single pattern relative to that common datum reference frame.ASME Y14.``-`-`. or final assembly.5M-1994. functionalfixture: a device having integral gage elements that make physical contact with part datum features.. It typically holds parts as they would be held when assembled.`.. These physical features represent datum feature simulators or virtual condition bound­ aries.`.2.. certification: the act of documenting that a gage meets a specific parameter. See para.3.

2.3 E conom ic C onte xt. See para. a NOGO cylindrical or spherical plug gage shall not enter the hole when applied by hand without using excessive force.2. the designer shall give consider­ ation to the break-even point.2. This NOGO gage shall not pass into or over the workpiece at any position.. perfect form at MMC is not required. If a cylindrical ring gage can- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. 2.. manufac­ turing of gaging equipment introduces variability. 3 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS 2. Gages shall be inspected periodically and replaced or repaired before this happens. parts meeting drawing specification) parts compared to the acceptance of bad parts. if possible. The design and manufacture of gages and fixtures takes place within a specific eco­ nomic context. accept all workpieces dimensionally conforming to specification and reject all workpieces which do not conform.11 through 2.`. some borderline part fea­ tures within tolerance will not be accepted by the gage. Gages that check enve­ e lopes or boundaries are all designed on similar princi­ ples. The NOGO gage shall not receive the workpiece in any position.DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14. . the size range of gage elements may be larger. it begins to accept technically bad parts. of the workpiece is checked with a gage designed to contact the workpiece. However.2 G o l of Ga ging. 2.13. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`. The tolerance policy chosen will determine whether b orderline part featu res are accepted or rejected. A NOGO gage with segmental spherical gag­ ing surfaces is introduced into the hole by tilting it and it shall not be possible to erect the gage in the hole without using excessive force.43-2003 will be accepted by the gage. GO gages determine compliance with the MMC envelope that is defined by ASME Y14. paras. wear allowance tolerance: an additional amount of size tolerance applied to gage elements that accounts for the wear of the gage over time. this is the difference between the virtual condition (MMC concept) and the least mate­ rial condition (LMC concept). para.4 and Appendix II. this is the difference between the least material condition and the maximum material condition. Therefore. in theory. As it wears beyond acceptable limits. smaller gage tolerance allows less room for gage wear. hole over its full length when applied by hand without using excessive force. Depending upon the tolerancing policy chosen. The GO gage and the functional gage shall fully receive the workpiece to be inspected. 2.3. 1. Larger-toleranced gages will less reliably distinguish in-tolerance parts from out-of-tolerance parts and may reject more in-tolerance parts. if used. See para..`. are applied to the hole in axial planes uniformly distributed around the circumference.1 Ga g Des ign Principles. The inspector is responsi­ ble for all sets of opposing points within the hole.``. For tol­ erancing functional gages.``````. 2. workpiece/part tolerance: for tolerancing GO and NOGO gages.3 G O Cy lind rica l R i ng Ga ge. Excessive force shall be considered force that is sufficient to damage or deform either the workpiece or the gage.3. For nonrigid features. If it is not possible to use a full­ form plug gage or if the rule concerning perfect form at MMC is not in effect.. perfect form is required at MMC for rigid features. The cost of the gage shall be weighed against the cost of the workpiece accept/ reject rate.2 NO O Ga g The least material condition limit G es. whether they inspect maximum material condition (MMC) or virtual condition (MMC concept). 2.. smaller.1. The hole shall be checked from both ends. therefore short­ ening the life of the gage. This gage shall encompass the c omplete length of the shaft when applied by hand using zero measuring force (or any corrected value specified).1 G O Plu g Ga g A GO plug gage shall enter the es.. 2. the more expensive it is to manufacture and the larger the number of parts within specification it will accept when used properly.. 2 PRINCIPLES 2.2. and decide on the correct balance between the gage with prohibitive up-front costs and prohibitive long-range costs caused by rejection of good (i.SM-1994.2 Fun cti on and Use o Ga g f es Fixed limit gages.. or straddle the boundaries they are inspecting. The smaller the allowed tolerances for the gage..SM-1994. Functional gages are used to inspect for compliance with the virtual condition boundary created by use of the MMC concept defined by ASME Y14. 2. 1.1 Genera l 2. 2. The practice of gage tolerancing requires a gage designed with size tolerances and/ or geometric toler­ ances as small as economically feasible. and a very low probability that some borderline part features not within tolerance will be accepted by the gage...3. When nonrigid workpieces such as thin-walled parts are gaged.```.`. GO segmental gages. if a cylinder. While the goal of gaging is to a accept all good parts and reject all bad parts. at two diametrically opposed points separated by a distance exactly equal to the least material condition size limit.e.`--- tolerant tolerancing: the policy of tolerancing gages that ensures most part features within tolerance that are gaged are accepted by the gage and most part features not within tolerance that are gaged are rejected by the gage.7.``-`-`. If it is determined that this two-point opposing­ point type of measurement cannot be used. considerable care is required to use zero force as this may distort the hole and give a false result.```..1. Unless otherwise specified. neces­ sitating the use of full-form MMC sized cylindrical plug gages for holes and full-form MMC sized cylindrical ring gages for shafts. mak­ ing this impossible.

3 Gagin g Tol r ance P olicies e The following subparagraphs explain alternative forms of gage tolerancing policy (see para. see ASME Y14. beginning at the limit [e. measurement uncertainties. wear allowances.) If restraint is to be applied to the datum features.. Fig. production tooling.g. This is accomplished by e c applying gagemakers' tolerances. and form controls in such a manner that some of the tolerance on the gage is within the workpiece limits of size and geometric control..3 Tol rant Tole ran ing.7. Gage tolerances add material to the gaging element. the datum features on the workpiece shall contact the datum feature simula­ tors on the gage as appropriate. I3. (a) When using functional gaging principles. MMC or virtual condition (MMC concept)] of the feature being gaged. beginning at the limit [e. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES 2.ASME Y14. Gages pro­ duced in accordance with this policy will accept part features that are within tolerance. Fig. a mini­ mum of three points of high point contact on a primary planar datum feature. 1. the GO snap gage shall (a) pass over a dimensionally conforming shaft. 2.. when applied by hand without using excessive force 2. See Appendix I. MMC or virtual condition (MMC concept)] of the feature being gaged. reject most features not within tolerance..2 for defi­ nitions). Gages pro­ duced in accordance with this policy will accept most part features that are within tolerance.2 Optim i tic Tole ran ing.1 Abs olut Tol ran ing (Pess im i tic Tole ran ing e e c s c ). it is observed that specifying one datum reference frame per part requires one gage to be used for acceptance.2. the axis of which is horizontal.5 F un tional Gag A functional gage pin shall c es. it is required that (1) gages simulate datum features as defined by part datum features or datum targets (2) functional gages that verify positional require­ ments have gaging elements located at basic dimensions conforming to feature locations dimensioned on the product drawings (3) gages simulate the MMC concept of the con­ trolled features virtual condition or MMC. and form con- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. and a minimum of one point of high point contact on a tertiary planar datum feature. under its own weight or the force marked on the gage (b) not pass over a dimensionally conforming shaft. To construct a valid datum plane where a datum rocker is an issue.g.g..1M-1994.`--- .3. as applicable 4 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS 2... it is rec­ ommended that (1) gages.... (a) not pass over a dimensionally conforming shaft. measurement uncertainties.3. be able to enter the hole being gaged over the entire depth of the hole without excessive force being applied. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.```..3. and reject a small percentage of borderline within-tolerance features. reject most part features not within tolerance. wear allowances.5.``. accept a small percentage of borderline out-of-tolerance features. the axis of which is vertical. and accept a small percentage of borderline part features that are technically not within tolerance. Gages pro­ duced in accordance with this policy will accept most part features that are within tolerance. (For example. a minimum of two points of high point contact on a secondary planar datum feature. reject all part features not within tolerance. 2. and parts (to include tolerances and allowances) should be designed using a concurrent engineering team (2) gages be defined using the same geometric char­ acteristics that define the part being gaged (b) When using functional gaging principles.4 P ra tic al Abs olute Tol ran ing. it shall be specified on the workpiece drawing or the workpiece shall be restrained so as not to alter the measurement readings of the same part measured in the free state. and some of the tolerance on the gage is outside the work­ piece limits of size and geometric controL Gage toler­ ances both add and subtract material from the gage.4 NOGO S nap Gag A NOGO snap gage shall es.`. measurement uncertainties. This is accomplished by s c applying gagemakers' tolerances. I4.. the axis of which is horizontal.43-2003 not be used because the perfect form at MMC rule has been eliminated for a specific workpiece and a GO snap gage is to be used.``-`-`.`.. when applied by hand without using excessive force (4) all functional gage elements go into or over the part features simultaneously where simultaneous requirements are invoked by the product specification (c) When using functional gaging principles. wear allowances. 2. A gage or fixture designer may select one of the following policies for specific implementation.. This is accom­ c e c plished by applying gagemakers' tolerances.3. See Appendix I. Any increase in the number of datum reference frames will increase the number of gages and inspection setups. the axis of which is vertical.``````.2. A functional gage hole (ring) shall be able to receive the shaft being gaged over the entire length of the shaft without excessive force being applied. beginning at the limit [e. under its own weight or the force marked on the gage (b) pass over a dimensionally conforming shaft. Fig. 2.`. MMC or virtual condition (MMC concept)] of the feature being gaged.```. and form controls all out­ side of the workpiece limits of size and geometric con­ troL Gage tolerances subtract material from the gage. and reject a small percent­ age of borderline part features that are technically within tolerance. See Appendix I. If planar datum features are simulated on the gage. I2.

2. using from 5% to 10% of the tolerance assigned to the features being gaged. Actual value distribution is the term associated with the amount a feature has deviated from its perfect geom­ etry.6 Gage Design Requirements All workpieces being gaged shall be adequately dimensioned and toleranced to enable a gage to be cre­ ated and used to check features on the workpiece. consid­ eration should be given to the entire gage tolerance that has accumulated. unless the MMC and virtual condition boundary are the same (as is the case with zero toleranc­ ing at MMC).```. It is recommended that this tolerance not exceed 50% of the tolerance for the specific work­ piece feature being gaged. As with the parts being toleranced. wherein both the MMC envelope and the virtual condition boundary may be verified with the functional gage. as applicable).1 Gage Des ig n C rit ria. Caution shall be used in consideration of accumu­ lated error with the gage components.. It is the goal of each gage e to ensure the compliance of each feature being gaged.. the error of straightness or orienta­ tion (as applicable) of the hole... with an additional 5% considered for wear allowance.`. 2.```.`. but allows geometric tolerance a small infringement on the acceptable virtual condition boundary of the work­ piece. it shall be con­ sidered that gages that use the absolute tolerancing method will reject some borderline parts that are techni­ cally within drawing tolerances. This NOGO gage should not pass into or over an in-tolerance workpiece feature at any position.. 2.. If 5% to 10% of the tolerance on all features being gaged is represented in the gage. All gages shall be fully dimen­ sioned and toleranced. Gages are to be dimensioned in the same manner as the parts that they gage. NOTE: This Standard recommends thatthe gage designer consider 5% of the part tolerance used as gage tolerance. 2. This is to ensure ran­ dom interchangeability of mating parts.1 P rin iple of G O a n NOG O Gag in MMC and c d g. or projected tolerance zone. GO and functional gages would then accept some parts with statistically based tolerances that would not assem­ ble in worst-case situations. See Appendix II.6. This can have the effect of increasing part yield. (a) The maximum material condition limit of the fea­ ture being gaged is checked using a plug gage or ring gage.. or other feature of size is so small that it does not affect the character 5 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale... 2.``````. and economic ramifications into consideration. safety. it is recom­ mended that gage deviation be studied with respect to a gage feature's manufacturing process capability and that this be used for analysis and setting of gage toler­ ances. Gage tolerance selection shall take part function. 2. (b) The least material condition limit of the workpiece is checked with a gage designed to contact the workpiece at two diametrically opposite points separated by a dis­ tance equal to the least material condition limit of the workpiece.2 De p rtu re F ro P rin iples a m c (a) Some examples of considerations of departure from the principles given in paras.5 Gage Ge ometric T ol rances Ref l ct Part e e Ge ometric Tol rances e Each feature of the gage that represents a feature on the workpiece is recommended to receive a tolerance between 5% and 10% of the tolerance assigned to that particular workpiece feature.. shaft. Statistically toleranced parts commonly use tolerances that allow virtual condition boundaries (MMC concept) to be gen­ erated on mating parts that reduce interchangeability.4 Statistics Statistical tolerancing may be used to calculate toler­ ances on parts that are to be gaged.7 Princi pl s o Gage Size and Fu ll Engagement o e f f Features 2.``. partial feature control. with the manufac­ turing process used. However. LMC are separately verifiable size requirements.`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS .DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14.``-`-`. This GO gage should fully pass into or over an in-toler­ ance workpiece feature with zero force. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT 2.1 (a) and (c) [gag­ ing maximum material condition and virtual condition (MMC concept)] are (1) the length of a GO or functional gage plug or ring may be less than the length of engagement of the mating workpieces if it is known that. --`.7.7. Therefore.7.6.. with a length equal to the maximum length of the feature or the maximum length of engagement of the workpiece to its mating part. 2. (c) Functional gaging of virtual condition boundaries (MMC concept) is a separately verifiable requirement from size limits. These are intended as guidelines from which to begin the gage design. These func­ tional gage elements should be able to fully pass into or over an in-tolerance workpiece feature with zero force. The virtual condition boundary of the feature or pattern of features being gaged is checked with a plug gage or ring gage of a diameter equal to the virtual condition (MMC concept) and of length equal to the maximum length of the feature(s) or the maximum length of engagement of the feature to its mating part (as indicated by feature length. the workpiece needs to be specified such that the functional requirements are defined.`. and a diameter equal to the maximum material condition of the workpiece feature. Gages shall be designed in a manner that reflects the workpiece specification.2 C om pl t n e e ess. It is rec­ ommended that basic dimensions be used to reduce tolerance stack-up.43-2003 trois in such a manner that all of the tolerance on the size of the gage is inside the workpiece limits of size.

. circularity. This deviation from the ideal facilitates the use of standard gage blanks. (3) nonrigid workpieces may be deformed to an oval by a two-point mechanical contact device operated under a finite contact force. (b) For Shafts..```. it shall be so noted on the design drawing and on the inspection methods plan (ASME B89.9 Size C ontr ols F orm Princip l (En ve lope Princip l ) e e NOTE: It should be remembered that a dedicated NOCO gage to check least material condition at every set of two opposing points may often be simulated sufficiently by simple inspection tools. (3) a GO or functional cylindrical ring gage is often inconvenient for gaging shafts and may be replaced by a snap-type gage if it is known that.```. The maximum diameter at any position in the hole shall not exceed the least material condition limit of size at any two diametrically opposed points. 6.7. all workpieces are to be inspected in the free state.5M-1994.5M-1994. (b) Some examples of considerations of departure from the principles given in para. para.. or spherical surfaces. Unless otherwise specified. flatness.`. but the user shall be aware that there is a possibility of accepting workpieces having diameters outside the NOGO limit.. 2.. by small planar. 2. In cases where the maximum errors of form permitted by the size toler­ ances are too small.5M-1994) (2) an average dimension may be shown denoting the feature's size only has to average within the size tolerance . spheres. the perfect form at MMC rule may be eliminated or relaxed using one of the following methods: (1) a drawing note. or even small hole gages. (a) For Holes. If it is not possible to reduce the contact force almost to zero. with the manufac­ turing process used. If restrained state inspection is desired.8.8.``````. The diameter of the largest perfect imag­ inary cylinder that can be inscribed within the hole so that it just contacts the high points of the surface shall be no smaller than the maximum material condition limit of size.8.8 Dist orti o of a W orkpiece During Gaging n A gage may distort a workpiece if used without proper care. separate tolerances of form should be specified (e.8. and in most cases may be replaced.. where appropriate.. (c) The above interpretations require that if the work­ piece is everywhere at its maximum material limit. Unless otherwise specified. Size limits control the surface form for all features of size such as cylinders. (2) for gaging a large hole.g.1(b) (gaging least material condition) are as follows. all e flexible parts are to be inspected in the free state. and any two parallel opposed planar surfaces. depar­ tures from perfect form for all features of size may reach the full value of the size tolerance specified when the feature of size is produced at its least material condition. the errors of roundness and straightness of the shaft are so small that they do not affect the character of fit of the assembled workpieces.``.`.`--- of fit of the assembled workpieces. 6.``-`-`... it shall be so noted on the workpiece drawing and accompanying inspec­ tion methods plan. cylindrical.`. para. straightness.1 A llC hec k F ree S t t Workpiece measurements s a e. (See ASME Y14. The diameter of the smallest perfect imaginary cylinder that can be circumscribed about the shaft so that it just contacts the high points of the surface shall be no larger than the maximum material condition limit of size. and subject to the above requirements. (d) In cases where the maximum errors of form per­ mitted by the size tolerances are too large to allow satis­ factory functioning of the assembled parts. vernier calipers.3 F le xib l Pa rts. (2) for gaging very small holes.ASME Y14.2). Distortion of either the part or the gage during use will impair the correctness of the gaging operation and can lead to acceptance of nonconform­ ing parts. then it will be necessary to use a NOGO ring or plug gage of full cylindrical form. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`. a GO or functional cylin­ drical plug gage may be too heavy for convenient use and it is permissible to use a segmental cylindrical bar or spherical gage if it is known that. it shall have perfect form.7. The straightness of long shafts that have small diameters should be checked separately. Gaging the least mate­ rial condition with a two-point checking device is not always necessary or used if (1) point contacts are subject to rapid wear. with the manufac­ turing process used. Unless otherwise specified. such as micrometers with appropriate measurement tips.8. The minimum diameter at any position on the shaft shall not be less than the least material condi­ tion limit of size at any two diametrically opposed points.) 2. the errors of roundness and straightness of the hole are so small that they do not affect the character of fit of the assembled workpieces... shall not be distorted to obtain compliant results. If a workpiece is to be inspected in a a restrained state (see ASME Y14. such as "Perfect form at MMC is not required" (see ASME Y14. and cylindricity). This shall be avoided by proper handling during the gaging process. a two-point check­ ing device is difficult to design and manufacture. These notes shall be as complete as is necessary to ensure that the work­ piece will be inspected as it will actually function.2 Res tr int. the workpiece shall be perfectly round and straight (a per­ fect cylinder).. 6 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. 2. such that if the feature of size is produced uniformly at its maximum material condition. A NOGO plug gage of full cylindrical form may have to be used.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES 2. 2.2) for the work­ piece or the feature being inspected.

the actual end gaging diameter shall remain as sharp as possible.1 Plug Gages (a) Full-Form Cylindrical Plug Gages (recommended).. a s When considering the initial cost of investment of GO and functional gages.12 Ec on omics When it is determined that a GO or functional gage is not economically feasible.010 maximum chamfer. 2.(3) using a control. These gages will normally inspect complex feature geometry at much greater speed than many other inspec­ tion tools. all rigid features of size are inspected for an envelope of perfect form at MMC viola­ tion with a full-form GO gage or a simulation thereof.1 G O/NO O Gages G 3.. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14. Also. For example. 3 GAGE DESIGN 3. 2.1 2. Fixed-limit functional s gages and fixtures may be used for inspection of work­ pieces when (a) the ease of use serves the purpose of inspection (b) the number of workpieces to be checked is great enough to justify the cost of manufacturing the gages (c) plain limit gages may be designed to match the shape of the workpiece (d) a large number of workpieces are to be verified for attribute data.2. on a diameter). A small circumferential groove near the lead­ ing end of the gage and a slight reduction in diameter of the remaining short cylindrical surface at the end may be used to serve as a pilot to facilitate the insertion of the gage into the workpiece hole. 5. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . For safety purposes.``-`-`. to give a better simulation of the high point planes and axes than may be possible through the use of probes directly on the 7 --`.1 0 Functi o l Gages Veri fy Abi li ty t o Assemb l na e The common usage of a functional gage is to verify a workpiece's ability to be assembled. if used.. conform to perfect form at LMC and for MMC violations at every two diametrically opposed points (e. variables data is commonly collected by soft GO and functional gages. This Standard does not recommend this practice.`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.1... opposed point inspection tool approximating a NOGO gage..`. whichever is less. (f) Cross Section Versus Two Point Versus Envelope. (3) features geometrically controlled by feature control frames that use a least material condition symbol after the specified geometric tolerance. suitable simulations may be constructed using other inspection tools. If a two-point opposed point NOGO gage is not available. whereas variables data will be col­ lected on a smaller number of sample parts (e) flexible parts are being inspected that will require restraint 2. LMC violations may be approximated through the use of a gage that measures feature cross sections.1 I nitia lC o tJus tif ica tion. Unless otherwise specified. However. However. A full-form cylindrical plug gage has a gaging surface in the form of an external cylinder. Still. (b) Modified Full-Form Cylindrical Plug Gages (not rec­ ommended). Unless otherwise specified.``````.. The points may then be used to model actual values and compare these with a "worst case" computer design model of the feature under test to determine violations of the boundaries normally inspected with a hard GO or func­ tional gage. a computer-controlled coordinate measurement machine may be used to acquire a digital data set.. A segmented cylindrical plug gage has a gag- 2.`...1 1 Gaging Temperatures Gages shall be calibrated at 20°C (68°F). only attribute data is collected by hard GO and functional gages. that these work­ pieces be fixtured whenever possible. it is recommended that the corner be broken with a 10% or 0.12. it is recommended for features being gaged for interrelationships to datums. it shall be remembered that unless a computer-generated soft gage is used.g. See para.`.```.```. 2. Such features controlled at LMC shall. (2) features of stock size in the as-purchased con­ dition. A chamfer larger than this will act as a lead and may damage the gage and/ or the workpiece. such as small hole gages..1. when measured for size viola­ tions. which are not necessarily representative of all points on the workpiece being gaged. such as straightness of the derived median line or straightness of the derived median plane (e) The above rules about perfect form being required at MMC do not apply to (1) nonrigid features. (c) Segmented Cylindrical Plug Gage [not recommended by this Standard for features being gaged for violations of the MMC envelope or the virtual condition boundary (MMC concept)]..``. Fixtures shall be produced at a sufficient level of accuracy to ensure acceptable uncertainty. it shall be remembered that the simulated "soft gage" will verify or reject only the points probed. These computer-generated GO and func­ tional gages simulate the function of hard gages. LMC is inspected with a two-point. The method of attaching the gage to the handle shall not affect the size and form of the gage by producing an undesirable stress.2 Spee da ndCapab ility: H rdVe r us S of tGages. This shall be accomplished through inspection of the size and geo­ metric characteristics of the workpiece feature(s) under consideration.43-2003 datum features. Whereas variables data is not normally associated with hard GO and hard functional gage use. the speed at which such a gage will verify or reject part features should be considered.

A gage surface intended for the simula­ tion of a secondary or tertiary datum feature shall be oriented at the specified or implied basic angle to the datum(s) of higher precedence.1. (a) Planar Feature (1) Shape. the simula­ tor shall be the virtual condition size. If it serves the purpose of angular orientation only.1.4 S nap Gage. A hole used as a primary or secondary --`.1. the con­ C )]. A planar datum feature shall be simu­ 3. the diameter shall con­ form everywhere to the limiting dimensions of the gage. orientation.g. the gages should also be marked in a manner that will not wear off with normal usage (e.Form Cy lindrical R ingGag ( re co e mme nd d e ). 3. stamping into a nonfunctional area on the gage).. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . A segmented spherical plug gage is similar to (e) Segmented Cylindrical Plug Gage With Reduced Mea­ suring Faces [not recommended by this Standard for features being gaged for violations of the MMC envelope or the virtual condition boundary (MMC concept)]. These simulators shall be of ade­ quate precision and governed by the following shape.`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. In the transverse plane. 3. the pin size for the simulation of a primary datum feature will be the MMC size of the feature if the feature's axis is not con­ trolled by a straightness tolerance.2 F u cti on al Gag C onfi gur a on n e ti A functional gage takes its physical and functional configuration from the product description of the com­ ponent that is to be gaged. This may be achieved by using different shapes or lengths of gaging elements.ASME Y14. Rod gages may be either fixed or adjustable (e.```. 3. referenced on an MMC basis. tact radius of each shall not be greater than 50% of the minimum workpiece dimension. it shall be simulated by a cylindrical surface....7 D if fe r ntiation. This is to ensure that once the features and workpieces are put into the assembly. it shall be simulated by a cylindrical surface or a diamond pin. A gage surface intended for the sim­ ulation of a primary datum feature needs no specific orientation. the gage pin will be of fixed size. GO and NOGO gages shall be e easily distinguishable. a full-form spherical plug gage. The wall of the ring gage shall be sufficiently thick to avoid deformation under normal conditions of use. A gage surface intended for the sim­ ulation of a primary datum feature needs no specific orientation. the diameter shall con­ form everywhere to the limiting dimensions of the gage... In designing gages. This surface shall be of sufficient area to allow contact with the entire datum feature.6 Se tting Ma t r R ing.g.`.1. 3. (2) Orientation.. 3.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES ing surface in the form of an external cylinder. size. telescoping gage). lated by a flat surface. A setting master disc has se a gaging surface in the form of an external cylinder. e simulated datums are established by the interaction of workpiece datum features and datum feature simulators contained on the gage.. from which two axial segments are either relieved or removed. a colored marker. A setting master ring has se a gaging surface in the form of an internal cylinder.1. The snap gage should be either fixed or adjustable.5 Se tting Ma t r D is c. The GO and NOGO gaps should lie on the same side of the snap gage...`. they will assemble in a functional manner.``. Spherical ended rod gages are recommended by this Standard for features being gaged for violations of the applicable actual local size limit(s).`. the gage shall ensure that the specific functional require­ ments have been met if the component has been passed by the gage. or a groove should be used to indi­ cate NOGO. but it has two equal segments cut off by planes normal to the axis of the handle. In the transverse plane.``-`-`. but have reduced measuring faces in a plane parallel to the axis of the handle. Segmented cylindri­ cal plug gages with reduced measuring faces are similar to segmented cylindrical plug gages. A gage surface intended for the simula­ tion of a secondary or tertiary datum feature shall be oriented at the specified or implied basic angle to the datum(s) of higher precedence. flat and parallel gaging surfaces. Either way. 8 datum feature shall be simulated by an external cylindri­ cal surface (pin) which is of sufficient length to allow engagement with the entire datum feature. such as a short NOGO gage as compared with a long GO gage. and location descriptions.1.3 F ull. 3.2 D atum Fe atur S im ulator. If the datum feature's axis is controlled by a straightness tolerance. preferably green for GO and red for NOGO.2. A snap gage has. for its working size.2 S ph rical E nd d R od Gages [ not re comme nde d e e by this S tandard f or fe atur be ing gag d f or violation es e s of th MMC e nve lop or the virtual condition b oundary e e (MM conce pt For spherical and gaging faces. If the hole is a tertiary datum feature. The pin size for the simulation of a secondary and/ or tertiary datum (b) Cylindrical Hole (1) Shape.1 Re lations hip of De tail to Assem b ly or Othe r F unction. since it establishes the orientation of other gage elements. (3) Size.2..```..``````. 3. A full-form cylindrical ring gage has a gaging surface in the form of an internal cylinder. If the func­ tional criteria are something other than assembly. Each feature to be gaged is to be inspected in ways that ensure relationships that shall be met in the assembly are being gaged. For a single hole. (2) Orientation. The gage shall be sufficiently rigid so as not to flex significantly in use. Alternatively.. since it establishes the orientation of other gage elements. 3. (d) Segmented Spherical Plug Gage [not recommended by this Standard for features being gaged for violations of the MMC envelope or the virtual condition boundary (MMC concept)].

capable of simulating the range of sizes from the inner boundary to the least material condition. For a slot width referenced on an MMC basis. a series of graduated size pins or an expandable device shall be used.43-2003 feature shall be the virtual condition size. For a shaft referenced on an RFS basis. it shall be simulated by a cylin­ drical surface or an elongated hole. For a shaft. capable of simulating the range of sizes from the inner boundary to the LMC.`. capable of simulating the range of sizes from the inner boundary to the least material condition. the gage surfaces shall be.. The fixed separation for the simulation of secondary and/ or tertiary datum features shall be the virtual condition size of the feature. If the shaft is a tertiary datum feature. Gage surfaces intended for the sim­ ulation of primary datum features have no specific orien­ tation. A gage hole intended for the simula­ tion of a primary datum feature has no specific location.. If the datum feature's center plane is con­ trolled by a straightness tolerance. referenced on an MMC basis.`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.. (4) Location. --`. (e) Tab (1) Shape.. Gage surfaces intended for the simula­ tion of a primary datum feature have no specific location. The hole size for the simulation of a secondary and/ or tertiary datum feature shall be the virtual condition size. For a slot width referenced on an RFS basis. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .. (4) Location. This simu­ lator shall center the datum feature regardless of the feature's size while maintaining its basic orientation and location to the datum(s) of higher precedence. since it establishes the orientation of other gage elements. If it serves the purpose of angular orientation only. (4) Location.``````. For a single hole referenced on an RFS basis. Gage surfaces intended for the sim­ ulation of a primary slot width have no specific orienta­ tion. Secondary and tertiary simulators shall be located with respect to the simulators of higher precedence. This simulator shall center the datum feature regardless of the feature's size while maintaining its basic orientation and location to the datums of higher precedence. the gage surfaces will be at a fixed separation. Gage surfaces intended for the simulation of secondary and/ or tertiary slot widths shall be oriented at the specified or implied basic angle to the datum(s) of higher precedence. Gage surfaces intended for the simulation of secondary and/ or tertiary datum features shall be ori­ ented at the specified or implied basic angle to the datum(s) of higher precedence. the gage surfaces shall be at a fixed separation. (3) Size. the gage hole shall be of fixed size.. the simulator shall be the virtual condition size. A gage surface intended for the simula­ tion of a secondary or tertiary datum feature shall be oriented at the specified or implied basic angle to the datum(s) of higher precedence. a series of graduated size blocks or an expandable device shall be used. it shall be simulated by an internal cylindrical surface.. since they establish the orientation of other gage elements. a contractible device shall be used.```. A gage surface intended for the sim­ ulation of a primary datum feature needs no specific orientation. The fixed separation used for the simulation of a primary datum feature will be the MMC size of the feature if the feature's center plane is not controlled by a straightness tolerance. Secondary and tertiary simulators shall be located with respect to the simulators of higher precedence. That is. of parallel external opposed planar surfaces (block) that 9 (d) Slot Widths (1) Shape. since they establish the location of other gage elements. the simulator shall be the virtual condition size. That is. (2) Orientation. the simulator shall be the virtual are of sufficient area to allow association with the entire datum feature. rather than a fixed-size pin. Secondary and tertiary simulators shall be located with respect to the simulators of higher precedence. rather than a fixed-size block.``-`-`.`. This simulator shall center the datum feature regardless of the feature's size while maintaining its basic orientation and location to the dahuns of higher precedence. For a tab referenced on an MMC basis. the gage hole shall be. (c) Cylindrical Shaft (1) Shape. since it establishes the location of other gage elements. since they establish the orientation of other gage elements. as a minimum. A shaft that is a primary or secondary (3) Size. as a minimum.. since they establish the location of other gage elements. datum feature shall be simulated by an internal cylindri­ cal surface (hole) which is of sufficient length to allow engagement with the entire datum feature. The fixed separation used for the simulation of a primary datum feature shall be the MMC size of the feature if the feature's center plane is not controlled by a straightness tolerance. A slot width shall be simulated by a pair A tab shall be simulated by a pair of internal opposed planar surfaces (gap) that are of suffi­ cient area to allow engagement with the entire datum feature.``. A gage pin intended for the simulation of a primary datum feature has no specific location.. as a minimum. (2) Orientation.`.```. (4) Size. the gage pin shall be.. The gage hole size for the simulation of a primary datum feature will be the MMC size of the feature if the feature's axis is not controlled by a straightness tolerance. since it establishes the location of other gage elements. That is. (3) Location. If the datum fea­ ture's axis is controlled by a straightness tolerance.DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14.. rather than a fixed-size hole. Gage surfaces intended for the simula­ tion of a primary datum feature have no specific location. (2) Orientation. Secondary and tertiary simulators shall be located with respect to the simulators of higher precedence. If the datum feature's center plane is controlled by a straightness tolerance.

ASME Y14. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . The land is the portion of the DFS diame­ ter that contacts the workpiece.```. (2) As the preferred practice. (1) Although not the preferred practice. See Fig. diamond pins are commonly used as tertiary datum feature simu­ lators to represent cylindrical angular orientation datum features.. at a minimum. For a tab refer­ enced on an RFS basis.``````. Fixed elements are used as datum feature simulators for simple parts and when small quantities are to be gaged/ fixtured where element wear is minimal. cylindrical dahlm fea­ tures of size are simulated for purposes of angular orien­ tation by a cylindrical gaging element capable of a sliding motion. If a curved or contoured surface is used as a datum feature. The chamfer on the comer of the DFS diameter aids in guiding the workpiece onto the DFS. The fixed separation for the simulation of secondary and/ or tertiary datum features shall be the virtual condition size of the feature.. the maximum length of the workpiece's datum feature.`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. The DFS diame­ ter shall be the virtual condition of the workpiece's datum feature. rather than a fixed-size gap. a contractible device shall be used. The length of the DFS diameter shall be.``. That is..`. should be (g) Special Condition Datum Simulators 3.3 G g E l me nt C onf igu r tion a e e a (a) Fixed Versus Removable Elements. The land should be one­ third of the DFS diameter. condition size. The comer of the pilot diameter should be chamfered to aid in assembly. The pilot diameter. the gage surfaces shall be... (j) Contoured and Mathematically Defined Surfaces. it shall be represented by a datum feature simulator meant to: (1) contact the surface at its nominal geometry if it is a nonclosed feature. (2) simulate the appropriate boundary condition if it is a closed feature. as a minimum.2. This simulator shall center the datum feature regardless of the feature's size while maintaining its basic orientation and location to the datum(s) of higher precedence.``-`-`.. 1. Fixed elements may also be used in machining fixtures where rigidity during 10 --`.`..`.. capable of simulating the range of sizes from the inner boundary to the LMC..```. 1 Diam ond Pin C onstructi o n of a standard size.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES Datum Feature Simulator Tertiary Datum Feature (Width) Secondary Datum Feature (Diameter) Secondary Datum Feature Simulator Tertiary Datum Feature Simulator Workpiece Datum Feature Simulator Length Pilot Diameter 2X Chamfer Gage Base Tertiary Datum Feature Simulator (Diamond Pin) Fi g.. This movement shall be allowed in a direction that shall contain the part's remaining func­ tional degrees of freedom. The relieved area of the DFS diameter should be two opposed angles of 1200 inclu­ sive. if different from the datum feature simulator (DFS) diameter..

```. When a datum target is purposely not located in a particular direction. The use of the MMC concept.``-`-`... If the controlled feature is a hole. Surface irregularities will limit the contact to appropriate high points. LMC. it is represented with a full-form gage pin.. In these instances. Ideally. The center of the spherical simulator shall be located offset normal to the nominal part surface by an amount equal to the spherical radius... This Standard. As with the tolerancing of workpieces. If multiple areas are used to construct the same datum. or LMC. it is represented with a gage hole. In designing a gage with removable elements. however. The use of the side of a cylindrical pin to represent datum target lines is preferred in most instances. reliable gage.. the surface configuration on the work­ piece at the point of contact may dictate the use of a conical pin. MMC.```.DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14. Con­ trolled features of the workpiece are to be represented by the gage elements at their virtual condition size for all features using the MMC concept. For a discussion of the ramifica­ tions of material condition symbol selection and exam­ ples of each. 3. This will have the effect of allowing the gage to be less accu­ rate in determining an in-tolerance workpiece from an out-of-tolerance workpiece. consider­ ation should be given to the effect of the rotational gag­ ing element fit on measurement uncertainty.. If the controlled feature is a shaft. This may have the effect of the gage rejecting in-tolerance workpieces due to the inaccuracies of the gage allowed by the pattern shift. (b) Datum Target Line Simulator. Full area contact is attempted. are used in geo­ metric controls on gaging elements that represent datum features of size. For example. it is to allow a movable datum target simulator to be used..2. then all areas are treated as though they were one continuous surface seeking to establish high point contact appropriate to 11 3. provides the benefit of a significant increase in the number of in-tolerance parts passed by the gage at the cost of a small risk of accepting marginally bad parts. recommends the use of the regardless of feature size (RFS) concept when referenc­ ing gage datum features of size. if datum target areas are planar. No matter what the controlled feature configuration.. consideration shall be given to the effect of the removable gaging element fit on measurement uncertainty. require full area contact with the workpiece feature. The simulator is to be set at the specified basic dimensions and may move in the direction that has been left undi­ mensioned.. Removable elements may also be used when large quantities of parts are to be gaged/ fixtured where ease of replacement of elements such as gage pins due to wear is required. (c) Datum Target Area Simulator. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .5 Mate rial C ondition Modif ie rs. The use of a datum target area simulator that is representative of the area with which it is making contact is recommended. but may move in the direction that has been left undimensioned. planar area simu­ lators.43-2003 clamping is required. The part is placed on the target simulator in an unrestrained condition.`. the tolerancing of gages will rely on the engineering team to determine the most appropriate use of material condi­ tion symbols. It may allow the gage to accept a workpiece with features that have shifted beyond their tolerance in a direction that is the same as the gage elements have shifted. The use of the RFS concept on datum features may cause the initial cost of the manufacture of the gage to increase. In designing a gage with rotational elements.`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. Spherical or hemi­ spherical pins are used to represent datum target points. it is to allow a movable datum target simulator to be used. or RFS. the datum. 3. The use of the LMC concept is most compliant in satisfying the absolute tolerance practice. This concept allows no pattern shift on the gage as the datum features change size or become more geometrically perfect. Removable elements may be used for datum feature simulators for complex parts when loading/unloading or indexing cannot be accomplished with fixed elements. This initial increase should be offset over time by the benefits of a more accurate. (b) Movable/Rotational Elements. Referencing gage datum features of size at either MMC or LMC will allow the controlled gaging elements to shift as a pattern as the datum feature(s) departs from virtual condition.2.4 D atum Targ t C onf iguration e (a) Datum Target Point Simulator. Elements that swing away or rotate to allow clearance or access for part load­ ing require an indexing feature to provide repeatability.`. when used.2. More likely. precedence shall be given to the order of the datum and appropriate contact made on that basis.``````. Each material condition symbol used has an effect on the cost of the gage and the number of workpieces that will be accepted by the gage. as appropriate.``. such as a full-form ring gage. Gaging elements that are features of size may be specified at MMC. but irregularities in the part surface will relegate the fixture to contacting high points within the target area(s).6 C ontrolle d Fe ature I nf lue nce on Gage.. When a datum target is purposely not located in a particular direction. the cone tip may stabilize the part and contact the target point better than a sphere. If the target point to be contacted is on a radius or other curved surface. also known as modifiers. is the possibility that the gage pattern shift will not be in the same direction as the workpiece pattern shift. therefore. see Appendix II. The tip of the pin is to be set at any specified basic dimensions. though. datum target area simulators shall be planar. Material condi­ tion symbols. If multiple areas are used to establish a datum reference frame. unless restrained contact is specified in a drawing note. it is --`.`.

2 for sliding fits. Pushpins are designed to be movable or removable. (b) Pushpins. the greater the probability of rejecting controlled part holes theoretically acceptable in accor­ dance with the engineering drawing. This is to prevent the workpiece from leading onto the gage. The length of the gage diameter shall be. 2 Fixed Pin Construction With absolute tolerancing. the tolerance on the gage pin size is to be all plus and no minus.```. 3. The gage hole receiving the pin shall have tolerance as welL Its size shall be at least as large as the gage pin's MMC if the gage pin is always to enter its gage hole... fixed pin gages may be used. when fixed pin gages are used. The pushpin con­ cept allows the part to first seat appropriately in its datum reference frame. The more toler­ ance that is given to the projected tolerance zone of the gage hole. This could reduce the total number of gages required.. The functional corners of the gage pins shall remain as sharp as possible without being a safety concern. The functional corners of the gage diameter shall remain as sharp as possible without being a safety concern... the maximum length of the feature being gaged.`. To facilitate loading and unloading the workpiece.. positioning the gage pin in the proper loca­ tion and orientation. This is to ensure the gage pin is fully positioned and oriented before the gage diameter reaches the work­ piece.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES Minimum Break of Corner ������ r Gage Length ----l. The gage diameter is the actual gaging element of the gage pin.. When inspecting internal features of size for orientation or location.``. accepting a bad part. the minimum gage length of the gage pin is the maximum length of the feature being gaged. See ASME B4.`. and / or possibly damaging the workpiece or the gage. The pilot end of the gage pin should be chamfered to aid in assem­ bling the gage pin into the gage base or body. Gage Body Fig. and remain fixed to their respective gage base or body during the use of the gage. Fixed gage pins are designed to be assembled. 2. represented with a gage element that is the natural inverse of the configuration being gaged.``-`-`.. For blind holes. yet with a minimum of clearance. since the gage hole gives orientation to the gage pin.```. at a minimum. Size tolerances given the gage pin shall be kept to a minimum. For through holes.. It is recommended that projected tolerance be used on these types of gage holes. Caution shall be used in the design of pushpin gages to ensure tolerances given to the gage holes and the pins that are used in them provide for a pin that can be easily inserted and extracted from its gage hole.5 to 3 times the diameter of the pilot. See Fig. pushpin gage design may often be more desirable than the fixed pin concept. This has the effect of creating a gage pin virtual condition larger than the virtual condition of the hole it checks. (1) Type 1 pushpins are designed to be removed from the gage base or body while loading and unloading the workpiece being inspected.`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. it may be difficult to determine if datum features are making appropriate contact with their representative gaging ele­ ments. the gage length of the gage pin is the minimum length of the feature being gaged. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . consequently infringing on the controlled hole's virtual condition boundary (MMC concept). Engage­ ment length should be 2. The engagement length of the pilot is the interface between the pilot and the gage body before the gage diameter reaches the workpiece..``````. However. (a) Fixed Pins. The pilot is the portion of the pushpin that guides the pin into the gage body. the part toler­ ance shall be divided between the gage pin size limits and its counterpart gage hole's positional tolerance. The amount of tolerance used has the effect of possibly increasing the virtual size of the gage pin (MMC concept virtual condition).. Two types of pushpins will be referred to as Type 1 and Type 2. If the pushpin gage design is employed. Con­ sideration shall also be given to the fit between the gage pin and its counterpart gage hole. 12 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. See Fig. before an attempt is made to insert the gage pins into the gage and the part being gaged.ASME Y14... depending upon the application. An additional application of the pushpin gage design is to inspect multiple patterns of features which allow separate gaging requirements.`.

.``-`-`.`--- .Type 1 13 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..43-2003 Gage Length I Mini mum Brea of C mer :' Pilot Diameter ) I J L Gage Pin I V Gage Diameter Part Thickness Engagement t I I L Chamfer Pilot Length f l Disengaged Part Gage Body Engaged Fig.```..DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14.. 3 Pushpin Construction ..``.....`...``````. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.```.`.`.

Originally explained in previous editions of ASME Y14..SM -1994 to include the more unusual shaped features not considered features of size in past editions of ASME Y14. The engagement length of the pilot is the interface between the pilot and the gage body before the gage diameter reaches the workpiece. Still.```... This is more restrictive than a separate requirement..``````. The pilot diameter should be of a standard size. 4.. The simultaneous gaging principle is invoked when the same datums in the same order of precedence are used for location in controls on feature patterns. 14 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. to assure stable positioning of the pushpin.ASME Y14... The pilot is the portion of the pushpin that engages the gage body. and use the same material condition modifiers after any datum features of size referenced.``. The minimum gage length is the maximum length of the feature being gaged. The engagement length should be at least 4 times the diameter of the pilot. (c) The boundary concept is used when tolerance zones are to be verified by gaging the virtual condition (MMC concept) b oundaries generated. the concept is the same for a common cylindrical feature being oriented or positioned as it is for an oddly configured feature. but are retracted to facilitate loading and unloading the workpiece.```. Multiple patterns of features that fall under the simultaneous gaging requirement rule shall be inspected with the same gage simultaneously. See Fig. at a minimum.Type 2 ASME Y14.`--- Gage Pin Gage Riser Block Gage Base Fig.. 4 Pushpin Construction ..SM for elon­ gated holes and shafts.`. the sum of the width of the gage body and any distance between the gage body and the workpiece. the concept was expanded in Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES - - Pilot Diameter /L En gagement JL I [ Chamfer FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES Gage Length Minimum Break Gage D iameter I t (2) Type 2 pushpins are designed to remain assem­ bled with the gage block or body. a gage can be constructed to gage that boundary. The func­ tional comers of the gage diameter shall remain as sharp as possible without being a safety concern. Gage diameter is the actual gaging ele­ ment of the pushpin.`.`.SM. giving the pushpin proper location and orientation.``-`-`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . In such instances where the boundary is to be gaged specifically in lieu of a tolerance zone. approximately 30% larger than the gage diameter. Separate gaging requirements would use a separate gage for each pattern and for many reasons (such as rocking on datum features and patterns shifting in different directions) are less restrictive than a simultaneous requirement. The pilot length shall be. (d) Simultaneous Versus Separate Requirements. the word "BOUNDARY" is noted beneath the controlled feature's feature control frame. If a virtual condi­ tion boundary can be calculated for the controlled fea­ ture...

A gage shall be designed that considers ease of use. (b) Hardness. shall be legibly and permanently marked with the particulars listed below. provided that their wear qualities are not less than those of the tool steel specified above. and size and --`. accept a greater number of workpieces gaged.6 E rgonom ic Req uireme nts.``-`-`.. the original gage design should facilitate both the monitoring and the maintenance. Even­ tually. tungsten carbide) may be used. A gage that is unnecessarily heavy may be difficult to maneuver and use. sharp corners should be removed. The marking shall be on other than gaging surfaces and shall not affect the accuracy of the gages. they should be considered for use. One main purpose of using a simultaneous gaging requirement is to ensure that multiple patterns of fea­ tures will function as though they were one pattern. as applicable (c) manufacturer's name or trademark (d) serial or part number (optional) NOTE: For plug gages with renewable ends.g. Hard chromium plating may also be applied to gaging surfaces. The material used for gages ys e shall be selected with due consideration to stability. the gage will wear beyond acceptable limits and begin to accept parts that are not within tolerance. Other wear-resistant materials (e... damage may be caused to the workpiece or the gage while inspecting the work­ piece..43-2003 Although separate gaging requirements would. There may be specific applications where the use of special materials (e.```. but the thickness of deposit shall at least accom­ modate the normal wear of the gage.``````.g. durability. When it is desired to clarify that patterns may be sepa­ rately gaged. and its associ­ a ated hardware.. all simultaneously mating with multiple patterns of features that are also simultaneously gaged on the mating parts in the assemb1y. consideration shall be given to the advantages and disadvantages of gages as they pertain to the design. (d) Surface Texture. Mark (a) the workpiece limits or. (a) Material. Each gage and fixture. a note (as allowed by ASME YI4. a note such as SIM REQT shall be placed on the product drawing to the right of the lowest level of the composite feature control frame. 3. and rigidity. 3. If difficult to handle.``. When y e it is possible to purchase off-the-shelf components for gages. Whenever possible.g.2 and ASME B46. and maintenance of the gage. Consideration shall be given to safety. See ASME B4. but also configuration.. gages should be made at a physical size and weight that allow the gage to be easily handled for optimal use. 3.`. for the preferred classes.1.. Whenever possible. and size. a note such as SEP REQT may be placed on the product drawing next to all features that may be confused as a simultaneous gaging requirement.. Ra. Where possible.. the value of the basic size and the symbol designating the tolerance zone of the workpiece (b) GO or NOGO. Where appropriate. Gage tables or other similar types of handling devices may be included as part of the design.5 M rking. Consideration should be given to speci­ fying additional surface texture parameters that will provide greater control of surface topography than does the Ra specification and will allow greater likelihood of conforming to the design criteria listed in para. It is important to remember that the simultaneous gaging requirement rule does not automatically apply to the lowest segment of a composite feature control frame. alternatively. handling features such as gripping features and lift rings should be designed into the gage.`. The surface texture shall be consist­ ent with the accuracy of the gage desired. in con­ cept. use.3. their shape. Gaging elements shall normally be manu­ factured from a high quality tool steel suitably selected to provide a high degree of wear resistance after heat treatment. care shall be taken to establish gage calibration procedures at sufficient frequency such that wear of the gages is adequately controlled.3 Desi gn C onstraints As with any measurement tool. gages shall be closely monitored for wear to deter­ mine when it is appropriate to replace or refurbish the gage.`. The maximum roughness values are expressed in roughness average values.3...3. 3. There­ fore. Not only are size and weight to be considered. 3. The gage manufacturer shall ensure that the gages are adequately stabilized by a method appropriate to the material. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . marking shall appear on the handle and on the renewable ends. If such a requirement exists.3. manufacture.```.5M-1994) such as SIM REQT may be placed on the product drawing next to all features that are part of the simultaneous gaging requirement. This practice has the potential to reduce the original and refur­ bishment costs of the gages. Gages wear as they are used.4 Ph ica l Prop rties. In such applications.. 3.3 S ize a nd We ight. 15 3..`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. When it is desired to clarify that patterns are to be simultaneously gaged. it shall be remembered that such gaging methods would not ensure that the multiple patterns of features gaged with separate gages would assemble with one part that contained mating features for all patterns simultane­ ously. glass) is necessitated by the nature of the workpiece or the manufacturing environment.3.2 Ava ilab ilit of C omme rcia l C om pon nts.1 Use f ul L ife.. weight should be minimized.DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14. e. 3.3. (c) Stabilization. The hardness of the gaging surface shall be at least 700 HV (60 HRC). (a) Safety Considerations.

. To ensure the correct use of the gaging device.3. When gages have components of different material than the part being gaged. See dimensioning and tolerancing options in Appen­ dix A. GO gages check perfect form at MMC. 3. Where practical.2.4 W orkp iece Tol r n Workpiece tolerance for a e a ce. Therefore. resulting in thermal expansion. they make up the total gage tolerance (5-10%).4 C o efficient of Expansi o n Coefficient of expansion is the value that represents the amount that a material expands or contracts relative to a change in temperature. (c) Separate Gage D etails. Inspectors will vary in their handling of gages... .2.ASME Y14. (b) Process Aids.`. tooling fixtures) may include addi­ tional supports used for machining purposes that may not appear on the gage.3.g.2. Some of these factors may include oil. 4. 4.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES 3. 4. atmosphere.4(b)..3. When practical. due con­ sideration shall be given to environmental factors that may have a detrimental influence on use or maintenance of the gage. with an optional 5% considered for wear allow­ ance. 4.`--- configuration optimized for ability to be handled and safety. GO gages are made to the MMC size of the feature(s) they gage.1 Genera l Gages shall be dimensioned and toleranced in a man­ ner that is reflective of the dimensioning and tolerancing method used on the workpieces being gaged. Combined. the effect of thermal expansion on the gaging process shall be analyzed.2.2. 4 DIMENSIONING AN D TOLERANCING 4. this also may affect the repeatability of the gaging results. 3. Caution shall be used with oil and plastic parts.. contaminants. these requirements and minimize the gaging error. by gaging the MMC size for an envelope violation.6 Repeatabi li ty Gages are designed to produce optimum repeatability of measurements taken.``. and vibration. light machine oil or its equivalent)..g. that will aid in the performance of the gaging operation. See paras. Examples could include pushpins. See ASME BS9. Virtual condi­ ) tion (MMC concept) for all internal features of size is Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. 3. some components of the gage may be fabri­ cated of the same material as the parts being gaged. GO gage is to be considered the difference between the MMC and LMC size of the feature being gaged. gages shall be repackaged between uses.6.5 V irtua lC ondition(MMC C on cep t . The process tooling (e. the datum feature simulators and the gaging elements shall meet the requirements of para. the environment should be as carefully controlled as possible.. However.g.. It is assumed that the engineering drawing shall describe the restraint require­ ments sufficiently to duplicate the expected functional conditions..2 Fu n tion l Ga g c a es.```. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`. The tighter the form and orientation controls. Functional gages are made relative to the virtual condition (MMC concept) of the feature(s) they gage.7 E nvironme nt (a) Storage Environment.. the workpiece tolerance be used as gagemakers' toler­ ance. 3.3 Ga g Tole r n It is recommended that 5% of e a ce.1 G O Ga g es. An unstable environment will cause gaging results to vary. 4. consideration shall be given to providing process aids..`. However.. In designing the gage. Whenever possible.. which is applied to the MMC size limit for a GO gage or to the virtual condition (MMC concept) limit for a functional gage.2. (b) Gages With Components of Different Material.1 and 4. provision shall be made to store the loose components of the gage assembly and ensure proper use of the gage assembly.2 Tol rance Ca l u lati on e c 4. such as a steel gage base for an alumi­ num part.2. the easier it is to seat and orient the part on the gage in the same manner each time the gage is used.`. water.. Where the gage design includes separate details that comprise the gage device.```. (a) Gages With Components of the Same Material. Compatibility shall be investigated.``-`-`. inspecting the parts at 20°C (6S 0F) will c ontrol the effects of thermal expansion.``````. Gages shall be stored in an environment that is conducive to optimal preservation. tolerances are assigned to be ten to twenty times tighter than the features being gaged.3. an aluminum base for a gage checking an aluminum part). Repeatability is greatly affected by the form and orientation controls given to gage ele­ ments. such as picture panels or process pictures.5 Ga gin g of F l xib l Parts e e The design of gages that are intended to be used with flexible parts shall recognize the restraint requirements as defined on the engineering drawing and simulate these requirements as prescribed. and calibration artifacts. Functional gages check for a viola­ tion of the virtual condition boundary (MMC concept). The gage can then be designed to reproduce 16 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS 4. in order to minimize the effects of thermal expansion (e. Environmental stability is a maj or factor in repeatabil­ ity. Workpiece tolerance for a functional gage is to be consid­ ered the difference between the virtual condition (MMC concept) and the LMC size of the feature being gaged. It is recommended that the gage be coated with a corrosion-preventive substance (e. chips. setting blocks. (b) Use Environment.

and artificial lighting and radiant energy outside the visible spectrum should be held to a minimum.. the effect of the temperature changes could be smalL In these situations.DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14. (c) Radiant Energy. where K is the coeffi­ cient of expansion. If the gage or the workpiece is constructed of more than one component and these components have different coefficients of expansion. However.``-`-`. With the same coefficients of expansion. 4. For other conditions.2 A pplica tion of Tol r n e a ces. wear allow­ ances. uncertainty caused by temperature can be scrutinized based on the premise that the temperatures of the gage and the workpiece are uniform.1 Genera l Functional gages inspect for violations of the virtual condition boundary created by the use of the MMC concept. If both the gage and the workpiece are at 20°C (68°F). Should the gage and the workpiece be at the same temperature.```.``. --`.`--- 5.43-2003 calculated by subtracting the geometric tolerance appli­ cable at MMC from the MMC size of the feature.2 for further information on environmental conditions. it is important to have a measuring environment where humidity is main­ tained at a level that does not allow this to occur. and T is the tempera­ ture in degrees Celsius. no tempera­ ture-related measurement uncertainty is introduced. Sunlight should be avoided. when dealing with different coefficients of expansion. 5 USAGE uncertainty could occur because of twist or bend. fast air temperature changes take place.2.3. Some other factors of tempera­ ture which shall be considered are: workpieces not stabi­ lized to the inspection environment.``````. Gage precision will be affected by the presence of foreign particles.. Virtual condition (MMC concept) for all external features of size is calculated by adding the geometric tolerance applica­ ble at MMC to the MMC size of the feature.3. temperature-related measurement uncer­ tainty becomes a factor.3. It is recommended that the relative humidity shall not exceed 45%. See ASME B89. Therefore. 5.1 Ce rtif ica tion Certification is a process that is . A gage is certified by being checked in a controlled environment to see that Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.. and measurement uncertainties shall be held within the workpiece/part size limits. All part dimensions and toler­ em e ances apply at a temperature of 20°C (68°F). and the body heat of the inspector. if possible. and if the gage and the workpiece are of large mass. done either when the gage is first brought into the facility or after the gage is reworked. This may.. 5.`. all gagemakers' tolerances. to prevent uneven heating of gage and workpiece.3 Certificati on an d Ca librati on 5. if some of the gage tolerance appears in the feature control frame. avoided. grime.. the gage design should duplicate assembly conditions.2. there is no measurement error caused by temperature. and dirt.`..6. Rapid and/ or large-magnitude air temperature fluctuations may impose differential temperature changes on the gage and the workpiece.2 En vi r onmenta l C on diti ons 5. L is the length..6. but not equaL (b) Quickly Changing Temperature.2. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . call for geometric tolerances assigned to the gage to be zero tolerance at MMC or LMC. Indirect lighting is often effective. the structure should be examined to see if an additional 17 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS 5. the RFS concept may be employed. Should the air tem­ perature slowly change over time. However. as well as some in the size limits.. Under the absolute gaging policy.. Contamination of the measur­ a ing environment can have detrimental effects on gage accuracy.1 S ize a ndG o tric Tol r n e me e a ces. can cause deterioration of gage elements due to corro­ sion of metal surfaces and can also cause discomfort to personneL Both of these factors could have a negative effect on gaging accuracy. at times.3 C ontam in tion. Therefore. it is important to maintain a clean environment that is free of grease. Functional gages are dimensioned and toler­ anced relative to the virtual condition of the features they check (see examples of gage policy and wear allow­ ance in Appendix A). If minor. the effects of thermal expansion on the gage and the workpiece shall be considered.3 Tol rance Distributi on e 4.2 Hum idit The presence of excessive humidity y. See ASME B89.. If the part is to be used in an assembly. Gages should be used in a manner that closely duplicates how the feature being gaged will function. The uncertainty of this shall be taken into consid­ eration and..```. not enough heat flows in and out of the gage and the workpiece to change the temperature significantly. Among the many other factors to consider are (a) Slowly Changing Temperature. which is other than 20°C (68°F). air from heating or cooling ducts.`. One of the most prevalent problems caused by radiant energy is in the flatness of large surfaces. especially when tolerances are smalL 5.2 for further information on environmental conditions. which can cause them to twist and bend.1 T p ra tu re. Lighting should be as uniform as possible. The distribution of gage tolerances between size and geometric controls should be done in a way that optimizes the manufacture of the gage and the acceptance of all gages within the extremes of the range of total gage tolerance. and thermal conduc­ tivities that are in the structures of the gage and the workpiece happen to be high. 4. both will expand by an amount that can be calculated as KL (T -20). Such as Sunlight and Artificial Light­ ing.

(2) Gage Block Method. If they meet the requirements of the gage drawing. For setting master discs. but this is not a recertification of the gage. The gage block combination is adjusted such that the gap gage just passes over the combined width of the gage block(s) and the setting master disc in a vertical direction. See ASME YI4. concentricity.`. A gage can be certified as a master gage.`. cylin­ dricity. Geometric tolerances that may be used on gages include straightness.5M-1994. with a diameter smaller than the working size of the snap gage. depending on accuracy requirement) mounted on a transfer stand is used to transfer the known size from the calibrated setting master to the gaging surfaces of the snap gage..`--- (1) Setting Master Disc Method. 5. applied vertically to the snap gage.3. which is mainly used for fixed snap gages. A part can be checked on a sample-checking gage when the shop gage shows that a part is out of tolerance. The wear check disc is slightly larger than the setting master disc. The third gage is a shop gage. under the working load. Depending on the gage design.3.43-2003 all of the dimensions and tolerances are met. flatness. and so only needs to be accurate to a greater tolerance range. A right-angle plate is placed on a surface plate.. for use in checking other gages.``-`-`. and the snap gage to be calibrated is mounted on the right-angle plate with its gaging surfaces parallel to the surface plate. The dimensions and tolerances are all checked again to see that they still meet the dimensional requirements of the gage. and is used on the shop floor to check a part as it comes off the machine. burrs. Four basic methods for checking the sizes of fixed limit gages are described below. A gage used in a shop is not required to be as accurate as a master or s ample­ checking gage.4 Me thodology (a) Control of Geometric Characteristics. (4) Comparison to Setting Masters by Indication. This method utilizes a setting master disc. The gage can also become out of tolerance. circularity. Inertia forces are thus avoided. perpendicularity.. and the setting master disc (depending on the method used) be carefully wiped clean before any measurements are performed. 5. but still within specified gage tolerances.. the gage block. It is important that the gaging surfaces of the snap gage.2 C alib ration. position. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS . The GO snap gage should not pass over the wear check disc when this is applied in the same manner described above. Calibration is done after the gage is certified. the gage is still certified. --`..ASME Y14. angularity. damage. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES (3) Setting Master Disc and Gage Block Method. then the gage should be reworked or replaced. the gage can be downgraded from a master gage to a sample-checking gage or some other way.``. the gage is either scrapped or reworked.. it is also recommended that the disc be greased with a thin film of petroleum jelly and then carefully wiped. parallelism.```. If the gage does not meet specifications.3.. according to the usage of the gage and material of the gage and part. The time frame is stated either on the gage or on documentation with the gage... If a gage is reworked. There are many methods that may be used to determine the gage size. the effects of wear. The gage block combi­ nation is then progressively increased or decreased as required until the snap gage just passes over the gage block combination in a vertical direction. then it shall be recertified. Calibration is what is done in given time frames. If the GO snap gage passes over the wear check reference disc. (b) Fixed Limit Gage Size Checking. 18 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. without rubbing off the petroleum jelly.. The snap gage should pass over the setting master disc for a new GO snap gage in a vertical direction. or dimensional instability can cause measuring errors if gage deterioration is not detected accurately. and runout.`.. This method utilizes a set of gage blocks and is appropriate to both GO and NOGO snap gages. The geometric toler­ ances shall be held within the workpiece size limit dimensions. and any deviation from the known size may be recorded from the indicator reading. An indicator (mechanical or electronic. For a GO snap gage. in con­ junction with a set of gage blocks and is appropriate to both GO and NOGO snap gages. two setting master discs are used. A combination of gage blocks is wrung to the appropriate workpiece limit. symmetry. An acceptable alternative is for the gage blocks. profile.3 F req u ncy. which is rarely used. The sum of the sizes of the gage block(s) and the setting master disc should be noted and compared with the GO and NOGO gage limit as appropriate.```. If this happens. the snap gage should just pass over the appropriate setting master disc when this is applied in the manner described above. The frequency of use of a gage can e have deteriorating effects over time. For a NOGO snap gage. The size of the gage block combination should be noted and compared with the GO and NOGO gage limits as appropriate. 5. after having been brought carefully to rest in contact with the disc and then released. The composite tolerance on geometric characteristics of fixed gages shall not exceed 50% of the applicable tolerance on the workpiece feature being gaged. under the working load.``````. NOTE: All of the preceding methods are applicable for fixed or adjustable snap gages. A gage can be certified for use in a sample-checking area for checking parts and be held to a more open tolerance. except method (1). to just pass through the gap under their own weight. under the working load.

however.``. bushings. 5. The second is designed as a checking fixture used to hold (when appropriate) and seat the workpiece during inspection. A correction.`. such as collets. GO and functional gages will not show the actual quantitative value of the part. Datum target points are contacted by spherical locators.2.. this set of in-process gages. part features are represented by simulated datum features using standard gage components (off­ the-shelf. ing may have tighter tolerances and is likely to be housed in a controlled environment more conducive to gage preservation and appropriate usage. 19 --`. There are many different applications for gages. Normally. datum target lines by tangent surfaces on dowel pins. if such data is required.`.```. It is often con­ sidered good gaging practice to have available two sets of gages.43-2003 5. This gage takes precedence over all other gages and is the final arbiter on whether a part is good or bad. 6. pins. it is generally the more reliable of the gages and used as the final arbiter in the status of the workpiece.. In-process gaging has sev­ -P eral uses.`--- If a measurement is carried out with a measuring force exerted on the part other than zero. fixtures do not normally contain elements representing the controlled features. a referee gage may be required. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ... 5.6 Measurement F or ce All measuring and gaging operations involving this Standard are understood to be implemented with zero measuring force. they can be set aside for a final inspection procedure using the more tightly toleranced final inspection gage..7 H and li ng Where appropriate. its result should be corrected accordingly. etc. arbors.4. datum target areas by rest pads or jig Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. 6.. Most of the discussion in this Standard deals with gaging finished product requirements. 5.``````.4 Referee Gaging In situations where mediation is required to accept/ reject a part. it should be observed during gaging for the best results. 5.4. or oriented to the desired geom­ etry of the feature being gaged. however. more good parts will be accepted by them than by the newer gage with more material. as this is likely to significantly affect the gage dimensions.2 Simi l rities t o Gages a Fixtures and gages share the same datum feature element representation. One set will be used for in-process gaging and the other for final inspection. Worn gages may actually make b etter final acceptance gages.. 6 FIXTURES 6. One use is to audit the product of a controlled process. It is generally the more reliable of the gages and is used as the final arbiter in determining the status of the workpiece. If workpieces are rejected by the in-process gages. augmenting inspection methods shall be used. it is recommended that gages be insulated against the warmth of the hand of the user. NOTE: This statement is not meant to supersede drawing notes that describe part restraint necessary to measure parts that are subject to variation in the free state. which are used by manufacturing personnel.DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTU RES ASME Y14. Since this gage is stored in a controlled environment more conducive to gage preservation and appropriate usage. For example. Another benefit is that in-process gaging can be used in place of building nearly duplicate final product gaging. eree gages. This is because the in-process gage will receive use in an environment more hostile to optimum gage handling and preservation. The first is designed to hold and seat the workpiece during manu­ facture.`..2 F in l A cce pt nce Gagin Final acceptance gag­ a a g. will be provided with a larger wear allowance than the final acceptance gages. catalogue listed). Depending on the specified material condition. the axis or center plane of the feature or dimension being measured should be aligned with the appropriate reference element of the gage. There are also require­ ments for in-process gaging procedures.``-`-`. gaging 100% of the product as final acceptance may be required. The more tightly toleranced gages are known as ref­ 5. It may be the appropriate alignment is perpendicular to the axis or center plane.1 Da tums. oriented to the datums to which the feature is controlled.1 I n rocess Gag ing. Whatever the appro­ priate alignment is.. Unlike gages. If a process is not reliable.1 Genera l There are two common types of fixtures... because as long as they do not violate the boundary they are designed to verify. These gages tend to wear out faster than a gage used in an inspection-controlled envi­ ronment.```. they will show if a part is outside of the acceptable limits. Since gaging will not satisfy the quantitative data collection required for statistical process capability studies. is not always required for parts where it is determined the measurement force exerted is not sufficient to interfere with the accuracy of measurements as they pertain to part function.5 A lignment Prin cip l e The principle of alignment should be followed as closely as possible in all instruments for measuring dimensions.

datum features on gages shown perpen­ dicular.`.. As on part drawings. although not s usually as costly as gages.. It is assumed that if a fixture is to be used. It is understood that..2 Ove rriding C on traints.``. Verification of physical contact or engagement shall be included in the design of functional gages.```.ASME Y14. Tolerance stack-ups and candidate reference frames (see ASME Y14. or symmetrical to each other shall be controlled for location or orientation to avoid incomplete drawing specifications. The better the form and orientation. repeatability of measurement is greatly affected by the form and orientation of the elements of the fixture that contact the datum features on the part.43-2003 DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PRINCIPLES FOR GAGES AND FIXTURES legs.``````. Measurement uncertainty (setup error) can occur when form and other geometric tolerances are not speci­ fied to refine and interrelate part and gage datum fea­ tures.2.. Gage fixture features shall make physical contact with or engage part datum features.3 Re pe atab ilit As with other tools used to assist y. geometric characteristics. such as a computer-controlled coordi­ nate-measuring machine. coaxial. and the fewer times a part is removed from the fixture between measurements. also identified as datums in accordance with ASME Y14.1M-1994) occur when part loca­ tion in three-dimensional space is uncertain due to inac­ curate part or gage datum features.3 Differences Fr o G ag m es The only difference between a fixture and a gage is that the fixture contains no elements to represent the controlled features.`.5M-1994 on gage drawings. will require an initial invest­ ment of capital to design and construct. Dimensions that locate and interrelate gage elements originate from simulated datum features (fixtures).``-`-`. 6. unlike a gage.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS . and contact or engage­ ment shall be maintained and verified before other part features are gaged. and part datum feature planar surfaces by ground tool stock.. and datum references. Dimensions locating and interrelating part features originate from the datum reference frames specified on the workpiece drawing. a checking fixture will be required to be used in conjunction with some method of collecting variables data.2.`.5. 6.. 6.... and may include clamp­ ing elements where appropriate. it will pay for itself over time by making workpiece fabrication and measurement faster and more accurate. Parts and gages have corresponding basic dimensions. the more repeatable the measurements. --`.`--- 20 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..```. It is constructed with gage or fixture elements that represent the part's datum features but none of the controlled features. Fixtures. in the manufacture and inspection of workpieces.

.43-2003 MAN DATORY APPEN DIX I I LLUSTRATI ONS OF GAG I N G POLICY Figures I1 through 14 are intended only as illustrations of gaging applications and policies.`.. The absence of a figure illustrating the desired application is neither rea­ son to assume inapplicability nor basis for drawing rejec­ tion.. the figure shows added detail for emphasis.``-`-`..`. In some instances.``````... the figure is incomplete by intent.`....`--- 21 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.```.```...``. in other instances.ASME Y14. Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .

43-2003 MAN DATORY APPENDIX I WORKPIECE 0...``.2 @1 A l B 1 C 1 Inner Boundary MMC Hole 12..``-`-`.```. 11 W orkpiece f or G aging P olicy Ex amp l s e 22 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale...Geo Tol at MMC Inner Boundary Hole 1 1 .2 + Geo Tol at LMC + 0.`--- .`.0.1 121 0.ASME Y14.4 Outer Boundary Hole 12.8 Outer Boundary LMC Hole 12..`.0 .```..6 WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Feature C Simulator Fig..`..2 ..``````..2 2X 12112 +o 1 -$. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.

Geo Tol at LMC ¢ Inner Boundary Gage Pin 1 1 .1 Since the inner boundary ot the holes being gaged is not larger than the inner boundary ot the gage pin.`--- Inner Boundary ¢ LMC Gage Pin . no out-ot-tolerance workpieces will be accepted by the gage..``-`-`.80 . 12 Abs ol ute Gaging P olicy 23 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..43-2003 ABSOLUTE TOLERANCING GAGE 2X ¢11 .```.84 0.`.8 Outer Boundary ¢ MMC Gage Pin + Geo Tol at MMC ¢ Outer Boundary Gage Pin + 1 1 .88 2..```..I ¢ o ©I A I B l c l Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.8 o 1 1 . 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..11 . Fig..``````..84 1 -$..04 1 1 ...3.``.MAN DATORY APPENDIX I ASME Y14.`.`..

. since most would agree that a 1 1 .``-`-`. no good (in-tolerance) workpiece will be rejected by the gage pin. But..`.0. the following option is called Optimistic..1 1 .76 ¢ MMC Gage Pin ¢ LMC Gage Pin . Fig. 13(b) for Example 2.Geo Tol at LMC + Geo Tol at MMC ¢ Inner Boundary Gage Pin 1 1 ..``````.```.8 0 1 1 .72 ¢ Outer Boundary Gage Pin + 1 1 .`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.04 .. Outer Boundary Inner Boundary 1 1 ..80 1 -ElT I ¢ o @ I A I B l c l Technically. See Fig.8 diameter inner boundary.43-2003 MAN DATORY APPENDIX I Fig...2 24 --`.76 .8 diameter pin will not fit into a hole made at its 1 1 . since the outer boundary of the gage pin is not bigger than the inner boundary of the hole being gaged. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . 13 Optimistic Gaging P olicy EXAM PLE 1 : Not Quite Optimistic.8 2.```.``.ASME Y14..`...3.`. 13(a) OPTIM ISTIC TOLERANCING GAGE 2X ¢ 1 1 .

.`. workpieces are rejected by the gage.I ¢ o @ I A I B l c l Inner Boundary 11 .```.MAN DATORY APPENDIX I ASME Y14..76 ¢ LMC Gage Pin ..79 0 11 . See Fig. technically in-tolerance. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .Geo Tol at LMC . Fig.76 .. 13 Optimistic Gaging P oli cy (C ont'd) 25 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.1 1 .0.``.43-2003 Fig.... 13{b) OPTIM ISTIC TOLERANCING GAGE 2X ¢ 1 1 .`..``-`-`.73 EXAMPLE 2: Optimistic.`.79 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`..79 1 -$. Outer Boundary ¢ MMC Gage Pin + Geo Tol at MMC ¢ Outer Boundary Gage Pin + 11 .```.03 ¢ Inner Boundary Gage Pin 11 . 13{a) for Example 1 .``````..`--- The amount of reduction of the outer boundary and the maximum material condition of the gage pin must be based on a careful consideration of how much reduction is necessary to assure that no borderline..

..79 1 1 .`.0.. 14 Tol rant G e aging P olicy 2.43-2003 MAN DATORY APPENDIX I TOLERANT TOLERANCING GAGE 2X ¢ 1 1 ...`.``. Fig..81 ¢ MMC Gage Pin ¢ LMC Gage Pin .``````.02 + Geo Tol at MMC + 0.3.83 ¢ Inner Boundary Gage Pin 1 1 .77 The inner boundary of the gage pin is smaller than the worst case acceptable hole..01 ¢ 0. If the gage pin is produced at a size or condition that occupies more area around true position than the hole being gaged.``-`-`. If the gage pin is produced at a size or condition that occupies less area around true position than the hole being gaged.8 ±0...I Inner Boundary Outer Boundary 1 1 ...02 1 A l B 1 C 1 I -$.ASME Y14. the gage will reject a small percentage of in-tolerance workpieces. the gage will accept a small percentage of out-of-tolerance workpieces.```.`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. The MMC and the outer boundary of the gage pin is larger than the inner boundary of the hole being gaged.`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .02 ¢ Outer Boundary Gage Pin 1 1 .Geo Tol at LMC .```.3 26 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.

.84 + 0.0.80 to 11.`. III may be gaged using gage pins controlled at RFS. Therefore.80-11. as shown in Fig.76 diame­ ter boundaries it generated.``````.88 (11. in the MMC controlled gage pin.80 diameter boundaries it generated.80 .8 inner boundaries generated by the hole on the workpiece to be gaged. If.8 (12. a greater 27 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS number of technically in-tolerance workpiece holes would be rejected by the gage than would be rejected by an MMC controlled gage pin (since the MMC controlled gage pin's outer boundary diameter would be only 11. However. the 11.```.2. it would most likely be rejected by either an MMC or LMC controlled gage pin.8 . For comparison. the total tolerance used by the gages discussed in this section was the same. This increased possibility that in-tolerance workpieces may be rejected by an LMC controlled gage pin exists because outer boundaries of gage pins are more likely encountered than inner bound­ aries by holes being inspected.``. In both MMC and LMC controlled gage pins.. it would generate an inner boundary for the gage pin of a diameter of 11. for example.43-2003 MAN DATORY APPE N D IX I I MATERIAL CON D ITI ON EXPLANATI ON Figure III will be used here to show the differences between.88.8 gage pin may accept the hole.8. the gage pins. let us consider the situation if the gage pins. Any other type of hole movement will cause the gage pin's outer boundary and physical size to interfere and the hole would be rejected. For example. the MMC controlled gage pin used the tolerance difference between the 11..8.02 RFS may be used in the feature control frame..88 and 11. the cost of manufacturing the gages is assumed to be the same. there is a remote possibil­ ity a technically bad part may be accepted. as shown in Fig.`--- . an 11. and the LMC controlled gage pin generates a larger outer boundary than the MMC controlled gage pin.84 and 11. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`..8.```. the total tolerance used was a diameter of 0.82.ASME Y14.2 + 0. since an LMC controlled gage pin would generate an outer boundary diameter of 11. II2. a small statistical possibility exists that an MMC controlled gage pin may accept an out-of-tolerance workpiece hole. Each gage pin would gener­ ate an inner boundary diameter of 11.`. The difference between these two boundaries equals a tolerance of 0. This is 10% of the tolerance between the 12.8 . if the gage pin size tolerance was a diameter of 11.08.. since the actual small­ est gage pin diameter (in either the MMC or LMC con­ trolled gage) is 11. since no bonus tolerance is to be derived by a departure from either MMC or LMC gage pin sizes..6 11. In each case.84 DIA. an out-of-tolerance work­ piece hole would not be accepted even in the most favor­ able position. Each hole diameter is 11.8) between the inner and outer hole boundaries. If the MMC modifier was used in the gage pins feature control frame.. with the gage pin size limits remaining at 11. while the LMC controlled gage pin used the tolerance difference between the 11.04) and an outer boundary for the gage pin of a diameter of 11. II3. The actual smallest gage pin diameter would be 11. If no axial out­ of-straightness was experienced by the gage pin. Much larger than the possibility of an MMC controlled gage pin accepting out-of-tolerance workpieces is the possibility that an LMC controlled gage pin will reject a greater percentage of workpieces that are in tolerance than an MMC con­ trolled gage pin would. as shown in Fig.8 to 12.8 (11. each material condition symbol. II4.80 to 11.4).84 + 0)...84).76 (11.84 (11. were to use a positional tolerance of zero at LMC..8 (11. If a hole is produced that is in violation of its positional tolerance. as well as the advantages and disadvantages derived from.6 outer and 11. Gages controlled with RFS shall also be considered. In an LMC controlled gage pin. The same workpiece shown in Fig. Since the total tolerance used by both the MMC and LMC controlled gages is the same. This gage option may not use a zero positional tolerance. This would generate an inner boundary diameter for the hole of 11.0) and an outer boundary diameter of 11. the gage pin size tolerance will be reduced by the portion of the tolerance that will be put into the feature control frame to replace the zero tolerance.84. It is con­ trolled with zero positional tolerancing at MMC.6 (12.04).0) and an outer boundary of 12. Therefore. However. could be sized and geometrically controlled by 2 x 11.`. So. because of its allowed movement (bonus toler­ ance) as it departs from MMC.8 hole was produced out of position (which violates its zero at MMC tolerance) by the same exact amount and in the same exact direction as its gage pin. with a zero positional tolerance at MMC. because this allows the total workpiece hole tolerance to be shown in the size requirements. since the inner bound­ ary of the gage pin is not smaller than the inner boundary of the hole on the workpiece. then Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. This possibility is much smaller than if the gage pin had been given a size tolerance that allowed it to be smaller than the MMC concept virtual condition boundary of the hole being inspected. The actual smallest gage pin diameter is 11. then a positional tolerance of 0.``-`-`.

`. a remote possibility exists that an RFS controlled gage pin moving in the same direction as the hole being gaged could accept an out-of-tolerance hole.. vr= _I 2X ¢ 1 1 . 111 W orkpiece f or Materia l C onditi on M o difier Examp les LMC controlled gages (which both had a range of 0.11...``-`-`.```. As with the MMC and LMC controlled gage tolerancing concepts.2 Fig.``````.8 .. This is less tolerance than was available to either the MMC or the 28 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.84 .02).`--- IOIO.``.84 (11. As with the MMC concept gage....78)..08).. This RFS controlled gage would therefore be theoreti­ cally more expensive to manufacture than the MMC or LMC controlled gages described. the actual smallest gage pin diameter is 11. the gage pin would generate an inner boundary of a diameter of 11.0. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .`.8-12.43-2003 MANDATORY APPENDIX II WORKPI ECE Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.06 gage tolerance (11.02) and an outer boundary of 11. This method only uses a diam­ eter of 0.`.ASME Y14..8.82 + 0.78 (11..```..

MAN DATORY APPENDIX I I ASME Y14. 112 MMC M o difier f or Gages TOLERANCE APPLIED AT LEAST MATERIAL CONDITION 2X ¢ 1 1 ...84 1 + I¢ o @ I A I B l c l TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14....```.43-2003 TOLERANCE APPLIED AT MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITION Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .`--- 2X ¢ 11 .43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.84 1 + I ¢ o ©I A I B l c l TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.``````.`.```.`.. 113 LMC M o difier f or Gages 29 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..80-1 1.`..``.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.80-1 1 ....``-`-`.

43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.``-`-`.`--- ...43-2003 MANDATORY APPENDIX II TOLERANCE APPLIED REGARDLESS OF FEATURE SIZE 2X ¢ 11 ...`.``..ASME Y14.```...80-1 1 ...`..`.82 I -$.``````.. 114 RFS M o difier f or Gages 30 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.```.02 1 A I B I C I TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.I ¢ 0. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.

Different gages developed from a single workpiece might include a shop floor gage.) Wear allowance and the effect of the material modifi­ ers shall be considered in the design of all gages.. (See Tables A2 and A3. such as gaging policy.ASME Y14.. It is also possible that a gage designed to the tolerant policy and built near the upper tolerance range will not accept any noncompliant work­ pieces and will reject only a small number of compliant workpieces.`.) The practical absolute policy is designed to apply a statistical probability to the principle of "never accepting a noncompliant part" while recognizing the slight chance of accepting a noncompliant part. it is possible for a single workpiece drawing to provide the basis for several gages to be designed with different characteris­ tics.. Unlike the practical absolute p olicy. with the location tolerance of position (TOP) of zero at MMC (or LMC). The percentage value chosen for the gage tolerance is applied to the gage pin size tolerance. is when the gage tolerance (10%) is applied to the gage pin size. as this will define the functional acceptance characteris­ tic of the gage. To do this. a referee gage. 31 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. Understanding these different principles will aid the gage designer with the task of designing a gage to perform a specific functional requirement. percent of workpiece toler­ ance used. This Stan­ dard uses 10% of the workpiece tolerance applied to the location of the gage pins as the basis in the illustrations contained herein. direct percentage. and Figs.. A3 and A4. (See Tables A2 and A3. the tolerant method is designed to allow a much larger --`. which increases the bound­ ary beyond the original percentage value. material conditions.) The optimistic policy may be used when no compliant workpieces are to be rejected and the acceptance of bor­ derline noncompliant parts will not be detrimental to the final product. the worst-case inner boundary of the gage pin shall be equal to or larger than the MMC /virtual condition of the workpiece hole. There are two methods of gage tolerancing illustrated in this Appendix. with the location tolerance of position (TOP) of zero at MMC or LMC. associated documentation. thus reducing the total acceptance range of the workpiece. and wear allowances. The choices are absolute. set of circumstances to occur and is more likely to accept noncompliant workpieces. with each gage requiring a higher degree of accuracy. This percentage value is determined by the gage designer and may vary from one gage to another as function changes. Tables Al through A3 and Figs.. Al through A4 show gage design examples based on different functional characteristics from the use of various policies. (See Tables A2 and A3. (See Table Al and Fig. The effects of bonus tolerance being added to the specified tolerance will increase the boundary beyond the original percentage value. It is mandatory for each gage drawing to identify the func­ tional characteristics of the gage using drawing notes.`. which requires that a very specific set of circumstances occur in order to accept a nonconformant workpiece.. material condition modifier. tolerant.43-2003 N O N MAN DATORY APPEN D IX A EXAM PLES OF GAG E CHARACTE RISTI CS Ai C HARACTERISTICS The characteristics of a gage are based on how the designer chooses to apply the different principles avail­ able. practical absolute...``````. and wear factor allowance. (a) The first method.```.) The tolerant policy is a designed condition where the tolerances are assigned to fall between the acceptable/ rejectable limits.``-`-`.. since zero tolerance at RFS is not allowed. The absolute policy is intended to assure that no out­ of-tolerance part is accepted by the gage. With all these choices available.`--- The gage tolerance is based on a percentage of the workpiece tolerance (as defined by the difference between LMC and virtual condition). The gage pin location TOP when used with the RFS method will get a portion of the size tolerance applied to the location tolerance. or marking on the gage to fully describe these specific requirements. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS ..`. When RFS is applied. and a master gage.``. The use of the direct percentage method will create gages that yield a total tolerance boundary larger than the original per­ centage value. A3 PERCENT OF WORKPIECE TOLERANCE USED BY GAGE A2 GAGING POLICY The gaging policy should be the first decision made. Other gage design decisions will be devel­ oped in support of the desired policy. the specified tolerance causes the inner boundary to be less than the MMC pin diameter.. A2. and optimistic policies. These gages intrude further into the work­ piece tolerance.```. This 10% value is illustrated as either the total gage tolerance or the combination of gage toler­ ance plus wear allowance.

.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A Table At Gaging Policy Practical Absolute Direct Percentage Gage Tolerance Method MMC lMC RFS No wear allowance: tota I percent of (XX%) workpiece size tolerance used by gage = Statistically based gage tolerance 0. A3. because the statistical benefit is negated when LMC gage pin size is restricted to zero positional tolerance.76) is created which is smaller than the LMC gage pin/MMC hole (11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Not recommen ded Statistically based gage tolerance 0.84 TOP 0 0 (20%) [Note (1)] 0 0 tol. thus reducing the acceptance range of good parts.. including the effect of bonus and specified tolerance. LMC. examples are shown in Figs. is to select the desired tolerance percentage value as the total boundary for the gage and develop the resulting gage elements. This allows a gage to be produced with an LMC pin (eq ual to workpiece virtual condition) with a location tolerance equal to the maximum bonus tolerance (0. MMC 11. Al through A4.01 (7. Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. (b) The second method.84). and Fig. The workpiece (using 00 positional tolerance at MMC) is required to have a perfectly located MMC hole.78) See Fig.80-11.5%) [Note (1)] MMC 11.```.81-11. (OB 11. The practical absolute po licy applied at zero tolerance at MMC is illustrated in figures in this Standard.ASME Y14.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. Consider­ ation should be given to understanding where the gage pin size occurs within the tolerance band. A2) uses 10% (0. to indicate the total tolerance used by the gage. it yields size and location tolerance values that are less than the direct percentage values. within these values..84) (IB 11. 32 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS A4 MATERIAL CONDITION MODIFIER USED ON GAGE ELEMENTS The selection of appropriate material condition modif­ iers is important in determining where the gage size elements fall within the gage tolerance range. This worst-case situation has a low probabi lity of occurrence (and should be used when a 100% com pliant acceptance requirement is not man datory and the tolerant method is undesir­ able). When a 100% compliant acceptance method is required.02 (15%) [Note (1)] MMC 11.2) for the gage pin size tolerance (11. 84) (IB 11. (OB 11..02 tol.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Not recom mended Statistically based gage tolerance 0.80). A2. sketches (a) and (b)] of designing gages will mathematically support the pol­ icy of not accepting out-of-tolerance workpieces.. When this method is used with the MMC.02 tol.81 0 0.80 0 0.82 0 0.``-`-`. the absolute policy shall be used. Similar results can be obtained by dividing the tolerance between the gage pin size and the location tolerance applied at RFS.84 LMC 11.```.82 0 0.``````. sketch (d) = = = = NOTE: (1) The practical absolute policy (see Fig.04) as the gage pin.8-12. A4. an inner bound ary (11.80-11. LMC 11. However. A2. The use of zero tolerance at LMC is not recom­ mended. MMC 11. LMC 1 1 . because the inner boun dary of the gage is allowed to be less than the workpiece virtual condition. adjusted boundary.`--- .82-11. Each mod­ ifier contributes a different characteristic to the gage.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`." it allows the gage to accept a noncompliant workpiece with an MMC/virtual condition hole that is mis located in the same direction and amount (diameter of 0.`..82 TOP 0 0. The zero tolerance at LMC method is best applied in support of the absolute policy.02 tol. sketches (a) and (b).04) . sketch (a) = = = = Statistically based gage tolerance 0.80) See Fig. This results in only slightly reduced tolerances for the gage fabrication.84 TOP 0 0 (10%) [Note (1)] 0 0 tol. and by applying zero position at MMC. (OB 11. This results in creating a gage pin inner bound­ ary that falls below the virtual condition of the workpiece..04) of the workpiece hole size tolerance (11.83) (IB 11. A2. (OB 11..04 tol.01 tol. sketch (c) = = = = With 5% wear allowance (added to pin inner boundary): (XX%) tota I percent of workpiece size tolerance used by gage before wear allowance = Statistically based gage tolerance 0. The absolute policy exten ds the gage tolerance further into the work­ piece tolerance. A2. 84) (IB 11.76) See Fig.80-11. The gage pin minimum size limit is equal to the MMC/virtual condition of the workpiece.82 TOP 0 0.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. While this method appears to com ply with the absolute policy of "never accepting a bad part.82 0 0.`.``. The same conditions described ap ply when wear allowance is ap plied. The absolute policy [see Fig. sketch (b) = = = = Statistically based gage tolerance 0. This may be offset slightly by the use of an LMC modifier on the gage with the proper size tolerance.84 LMC 1 1 . This is due to the addition of the bonus to the specified tolerance for the gage elements and may be more expensive to build. or RFS modifiers.80 0 0.. it does provide the largest remaining workpiece acceptance range and will reject fewer good parts. Inner and outer boundaries are also shown.01 tol..80) See Fig.. This method does not satisfy the intent of the absolute policy of not accepting out-of-tolerance parts.`.

04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. MMC 11.82) (l B 11. lMC 11.80) (OB See Fig.84 0 0.02 (15%) 0 0.76 (OB 11.78 0 0.85) (l B 11..80 TOP 0 0 (10%) lMC 11.84 0 0.88) (l B 11.78 MMC 11. sketch (b) = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.``````.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11..78) (OB = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.01 tol.80 11.82-11.5%) MMC 11. A3.84) (l B 11.5%) [Note (1)] MMC 11. 0 0.82 11.76-11. MMC 11.78 0 0. 0 0.79) = = = = Optimistic No wear allowance: total percent of (XX%) workpiece size tolerance used by gage = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.80 0 0 tol.82) (l B 11.82 0 0 tol.02 tol.78-11.```.01 (7.01 tol. lMC 11. 0 0.02 tol. 0 0.80) (OB = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0. sketch (a) = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0. A3.`.`.86) (l B 11.80-11.82 TOP 0 0 (10%) lMC 11.`.86) (l B 11..82) See Fig.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. 0 0.80 0 0 tol.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.88) (l B 11.76) (OB = = = = With 5% wear allowance (added to pin inner boundary): total percent of (XX%) workpiece size tolerance used by gage before wear allowance = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0. lMC 11.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. lMC 11. MMC 11.84 TOP 0 0 (10%) [Note (1)] lMC 11.86) (l B 11.83 11.``-`-`.80 0 0.02 tol. MMC 11. 0 0. A3.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. MMC 11.04 tol..80) (OB See Fig.78 0 0.78 0 0 tol.``.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.04 tol.02 tol.84-11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.04 tol.82) (OB See Fig.80 0 0 tol.74) = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0. sketch (f) = = = = Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.84) (l B 11.02 tol.82 0 0.01 tol..76 0 0 tol.81 TOP 0 0.78) = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0. A3.76 (OB 11.76-11.82-11.02 (15%) MMC 11.02 tol.84 (OB 11..82) See Fig. 0 0.78 (OB 11.88 0 0.80 TOP 0 0 (10%) MMC 11.01 tol.01 tol.04 tol.78-11.82) (l B 11.80) (l B 11.80) (l B 11.04 tol.80) (OB See Fig.02 tol.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.82 0 0 tol.80-11. 0 0.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.43-2003 Table A2 Gaging Policy Absolute Direct Percentage Gage Tolerance Method MMC lMC RFS No wear allowance: (XX%) total percent of workpiece size tolerance used by gage = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.82 11.84-11.80 0 0 tol.86 0 0 tol. lMC 11.76) = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0. MMC 11.02 tol.02 tol.01 tol. lMC 11.02 (15%) [Note (1)] MMC 11.80 TOP 0 0 (20%) lMC 11.72) = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.76-11.84 TOP 0 0. (OB 11. 11. lMC 11. 0 0.74) = = = = With 5% wear allowance (added to pin inner boundary): total percent of (XX%) workpiece size tolerance used by gage before wear allowance = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.84 (OB 11. 0 0..81 0 0. 11.80-11.02 tol.82) (l B 11.80-11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.5%) 0 0.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A ASME Y14. lMC 11.86) (l B 11.86 TOP 0 0 (10%) [Note (1)] MMC 11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.01 (7..82 TOP 0 0 (10%) MMC 11.80 (OB 11.02 tol.78-11. sketch (e) = = = = With 5% wear allowance (added to pin inner boundary): (XX%) total percent of workpiece size tolerance used by gage before wear allowance = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0. A3.80 (OB 11.88 TOP 0 0 (20%) [Note (1)] 0 0 tol.80) (l B 11.`--- T olerant No wear allowance: total percent of (XX%) workpiece size tolerance used by gage = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0. sketch (d) = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.84 0 0.84 TOP 0 0. MMC 11.. sketch (c) = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.04 tol.82 TOP 0 0 (20%) 0 0 tol.78-11.82 0 0 tol.77) (OB = = = = NOTE: (1) See Table Ai.78) (OB = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. 11.80 TOP 0 0 (20%) MMC 11. lMC 11.79 TOP 0 0. Note (1).78 TOP 0 0.82 TOP 0 0 (20%) MMC 11..02 tol.79 lMC 11.```.80 0 0.78-11. A3.84 11.78-11.. lMC 11. 0 0. MMC 11.84 TOP 0 0 (20%) [Note (1)] lMC 11. lMC 11.02 (5% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.78 11. 11. lMC 11. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . 33 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.82) (l B 11.80 TOP 0 0.76) (OB = = = = Direct percentage gage tolerance 0.01 (7.83-11.80) (l B 11.

01 tol.78 MMC 11. MMC 11.82 0 0. LMC 11.80) (IB 11..`. LMC 11.005 (5%) 0 0. A4.84) (IB 11. (OB 11.02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.04 (10% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.02 tol. LMC 11.81 TOP 0 0.815 0 0.79-11.83 0 0. LMC 11.84 0 0 tol.81 11.80) (OB = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.80) (IB 11.01 (10%) [Note (1)] 0 0.82) (IB 11.82 0 0. sketch (b) = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.76) . sketch (a) = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.82 TOP 0 0 (10%) MMC 11..78 (OB 11.005 (5%) 0 0.78 0 0. (OB 11.005 tol.80) = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0. (OB 11.82) (IB 11. A4.835 LMC 11. 11.82 TOP 0 0 (10%) [Note (1)] 0 0 tol..82) (IB 11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.005 (5%) [Note (1)] 0 0.83-11.78) = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.795 LMC 11.01 tol.005 tol.76 MMC 11.81 (OB 11.84) (IB 11.805-11.01 tol..02 tol.82 0 0. LMC 11. sketch (d) = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0. (OB 11.78 0 0 tol.83 0 0.80 0 0.80 LMC 11.01 tol.80 0 0.80 TOP 00 (10%) 0 0 tol. LMC 11.79 TOP 0 0.ASME Y14.02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.005 tol.`. MMC 11.78-11.77-11.79 0 0.`--- No wear allowance: tota I percent of (XX%) workpiece size tolerance used by gage = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0. (OB 11.825 0 0. MMC 11.01 (10%) 0 0.82 TOP 0 0 (5%) 0 0 tol.01 tol.84 LMC 11.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A Table A3 Gaging Policy Absolute Adjusted Boundary Gage Tolerance Method MMC lMC RFS No wear allowance: (XX%) tota I percent of workpiece size tolerance used by gage = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.`..82) (IB 11.04 (10% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.79 0 0.79 TOP 0 0 (5%) LMC 11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.83 TOP 0 0 (5%) [Note (1)] LMC 11. A4. 0 0.84) (IB 11. 80) (IB 11.78 TOP 0 0 (10%) 0 0 tol.84 TOP 0 0 (10%) [Note (1)] MMC 11.795 TOP 0 0. Note (1).84) (IB 11.``-`-`. MMC 11.``````.82 0 0 tol.005 tol.02 tol.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.80) (OB See Fig. LMC 11. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.78) = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.79 0 0.785 0 0.. LMC 11.80-11. A4.02 tol.02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.76) Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.80) (IB 11.80 TOP 0 0 (10%) 0 0 tol.``. 11.80) (IB 11.80-11.01 tol.01 (10%) 0 0.78-11.02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.81 LMC 11.80 0 0.02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11. 11.76-11. MMC 11.82-11.80) See Fig. MMC 11. 11.82) (OB See Fig. 84) (IB 11.83 0 0..80) See Fig.84 TOP 0 0 (5%) [Note (1)] 0 0 tol.78) (OB = = = = NOTE: (1) See Table Ai. MMC 11.81-11.02 tol. sketch (e) = = = = With 5% wear allowance (added to pin inner boundary): (XX%) tota I percent of workpiece size tolerance used by gage before wear allowance = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.80-11.02 tol. sketch (c) = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.005 tol..82) (IB 11.81-11.005 tol.01 tol.82) (IB 11.```.82 0 0 tol.80) (OB = = = = Optimistic = = = = = = = = = = = = With 5% wear allowance (added to pin inner boundary): tota I percent of (XX%) workpiece size tolerance used by gage before wear allowance = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11. MMC 11.815 TOP 0 0..02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11. MMC 11.77 (OB 11. A4.01 tol.01 tol. (OB 11. LMC 11.80 TOP 0 0 (5%) 0 0 tol.78) (OB = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.80 MMC 11. MMC 11. MMC 11. LMC 11.79-11.78) = = = = With 5% wear allowance (added to pin inner boundary): (XX%) tota I percent of workpiece size tolerance used by gage before wear allowance = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.78) = = = = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.83 TOP 0 0. (OB 11..81 (OB 11.01 tol.825-11.805 11.04 (10% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11. 84) (IB 11.04 (10% of workpiece tolerance): Pin 0 11.02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.76) Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.02 (5% of workpiece toleran ce): Pin 0 11.81 TOP 0 0 (5%) LMC 11.01 tol.80 0 0 tol. 11.```.835 TOP 0 0. MMC 11..82) (OB See Fig. sketch (t) = = = = T olerant No wear allowance: tota I percent of (XX%) workpiece size tolerance used by gage = Adjusted bound ary gage tolerance 0.82-11. 80) (IB 11.01 tol.79 0 0.82) See Fig. MMC 11. A4. 34 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.78-11.785-11.

_ f--..1 1 A 101 0..I.```.. and material conditions. tolerances of position.2 NOTE: See Tables A1 . At Workpiece and Associated Gage 35 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.....`.....--_ _ _ _ ���==��==--------� I .8-12.``````..J ...-..`.� I � � I cL $.`.`--- A vL---l�I--[E -II l.A3 for gage pin sizes.``.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.```.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A ASME Y14...``-`-`. GAGE 2X ¢ See Note Fig..43-2003 WORKPI ECE I _L I 0.1 _ _ _ 2X ¢ 1 1 .

.2 HOLE LMC �i" c--- f-- c--c----!-c--- ��"\l...8 HOLE =VC �.84 (Before Wea r) Tolerance Of Position 00@MMC = 1 0% (0.Direct Percentage Tolerance Method 36 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..&-_-II.� .02) := 1 1 .``-`-`.`.84 .. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`..2 HOLE LMC ts. 08) Total Gage Tolerance HOLE =VC Gage Size) ( 1 1 . � .`..76 I n ner Boundary (Gage Pin) 0. . 80 Minimum Gage Pin Size (After Wear) (1 1 .80 Inner Boundary (Before Wear) Gage 1 1 ..84 � "' 1 1 ..``````."\..02 ) Wear Allowance I (b) Fig. 4 Work p ie ce Tolerance ( Hole 01 2...d Tolerance Of Position 00@MMC .80-0.S := Gage Pin Diameter := 0 1 1 . 04) Workpiece Tolerance Pin Size := 0 1 1 ..7) 1 1 ..7) �� "- .4 Workp i ece Tolerance { Hole Size) c----f-c--------- -------:- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 01 1 .." " ( 1 1 . 02) Wear Allowance :. � ''S. 80-1 1 .. Practical Absolute Policy 5% (0.80-1 1 .ASME Y14.```.. 7 8 Inner Boundary (After Wear) Pin 5% (0.02) Workpiece To!erance Gage Pin Size = 0 1 1 . 01 1 .1 1 .. A2 Practical Absolute .``. 0 1 1 .04) Gage To!erance plus 5% (0.. 84 Outer Boundary (Gage Pin) 1 � 1 0 0@ 1 A I B l c I i---� f-c-- c----� l". 20% (0.'S (a) = Gage Pin Diameter :::. 1 5% (0. c--c-� 1 1 .84 Outer Bound ary (Gage Pin) 1 -$..1 0 0 c@ 1 A I B l c I Practical Absolute Policy 1 0% (0.`--- 01 2...43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A 0 . 84 1 ..�� ��!L!1 :::.06) Total Gage Tolerance 1 1 .82..8 ...```. 82-1 1 ..`..

`--- ..�J � ��:_?� L:. . 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.. A2 Practical Absolute .8 HOLE =VC 1L78 Inner Boundary 01 2..``.```..! ..--'1 i Tolerance ___ __ _______.``````.``-`-`.. Gage Pin Diameter 0 -1 1 ....`.`. 0 1 2...� L�J 9. __ __ ___ __ _ ____ � l (d) Fig.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A ASME Y14..`.83 Outer (e} (Gage Pin) ::::: "-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-""-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-'0..Direct Percentage Tolerance Method (Cont'd) 37 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.8 1 --1 '1 }32 l ��}:.```. BOHndary (Gage Pin) _ .2 HOLE LMC l ���!.=: �!=�r J i 01 1 .pi��.2 HOLE LMC � 'SS\S'5J � 11 .43-2003 i'--O'�4'�v�.

.1.1..1 = 1 b A ____ 'J'ot. . Gag_____nC ..1.1..�: I.2 HOLE LMC .1..1.1.1.1.`.1.1.���··T�!i·������·· · · · · · .1.1.1.2 HOLE LMC Workpiece �. ..1.1. . .1....1.1.1..� L� J .1.1. .1.1.1. .'" 't 1.1..1.1.-t' .S2-0......`. .1.1.1.1...1. .� "'� " .1.``````.1.1...84� 1 1 -Sf) (Before Wear) Tollxance Of Position 00@MMC .i:��:.1.8 HOLE =VC Tf)ierance 04 WOfkpiet� 01 2..`.1.1. .1.02) vVear Allowance (Gage Pin ) Fig.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A ���������������������������������������� (Hole Size) 01 1 .`--- (Hofe Size} Tolerance 01 1 . 82 Minirnum Gage Pin Si2e (After Wear) {1 1 . ..1. .1.02) VVorkpiece Tolaranc.1.1.:��i:����kP.::: 10% (0.1.1. . i".1..1.02) == i t .```..���"""""""""".O6 )_______a TO !(�)ra:__t9 .1.1...."".86 Outer Boundary .1.1...``.1.(0 (0..1..1....``-`-`. .```... :. al � �'O _ '� ..84..1.1.11. ..1..1.1. 88 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.. ....e Gage Pin Size � 10 1 1 .1.1. .�"":� """":�"'..1. Gage Pin 1 1 .ASME Y14.1.1. : � : �� :��:� ��� ��::: ��::��: :::::�� J Atn:ml ute P(}Hcy 5(.. . 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .1. " ....1.�. (Gage Pin) I Pin Diameter :::: 01 ·1 .04) Gaga T()jerance plus 5�ti (O.1.. (b) 'j 1 .OB} Total Gage Tolerance Inner Botmdary (Gage Pin) (a) Slze � 01 1 ..I���:.V�'..�' t-_____$ t·O .1.1.....1.8D In ner Boundary (After Wear} .1. . .1. 88 ..1 1 J38 L�1?: L� �? �� L.1.1.1. ' 1 1 1 .1.1. .84� 1 1 .... .1. . 7) I LJ"'G���'PI�"5%"(:()'02)".1.'�'A. (1 1 .1. A3 Direct Percentage Based Gage Tolerance Method 38 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. ""-_-t::f.1.1. .. � � � � � r il: :i����:����::i:�ii��::�i�.8 HOLE =vc 0-4 01 2.1.1.:_. .80 Outer Boundary Gage (1 1 ]) t To1erance Of Position 00@MMC = 20'% {G. ..1.1.

....-..Jl � 01 2..... ...-....... . ..-......``-`-`. .... ... .80·1 1 . 20% (0.....NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A ASME Y14....02) Wear Allowance 1 1 ...-.:.�����i�..-....... . . . ... AbsolLite PoHcy 1 0% (0.�.�:)"'''1: : (0. ...84 To!erance Of Posmon 00@LMC ::::..-.-... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ........ .. . .-..........2 HOLE LMC ... .:.02 ) Workpiece Tolerance Gage Pin Size =:: 0'1 1 ..04) Gage Tolerance plus 5% (0...80 t".. . .8 HOLE -=vc L--I+k�.02) .-. .. .-..... .. ... ..... ..82--'1 1 .```..:.```... 1 5 % (0. . .....�:�:��......... ..... .. . ..-..:..............80 Inner Boundary (Aftm. ... . � �� .... . .:..lear) I I ! Fig.-. 1: 004 Workpiece ::: :: Tokmm(.. ... ..�:�:�:....:.....�""""""""''''� " ""' ''""''' ('l 'j J) L"""""" Gage Pin 5% r"'1'1"�82"i������"B-............. ""'""' ''''.. � . .\...... ..:....-. .`. . . .hnimum Gage Pin (After Wear) {d) Absolute Pohcy 5% (0....! ....43-2003 ...-...-.. . .......:..-... .84 {BeforE} Wear} To!erance Of Position 00@LMC .-..... HOLE =VC .`.. .'{B�f��:�'tV�. 0 1 2. -- � ......�� . .. .......<"$4· 01 1 .. .......... ..... ..........��:�. .... 1 1 .....�."\...-. .8 ..-.......-- Ls�Jm��m_�:�l_�_l_�J�_J "":.... .. ... ..-........ 0 1 1 J30· 1 1 ..��LJ = .ll.02) Wear Allo\>vance . ....�' nnnnnnnnnnnnn_nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn (1 1 .04) Workpiece Tolerance Gage Pill Size .. . . ......08) Tota! Gage To!erance (Gage Pln) Gage Pin Diameter 0 1 1 .H2--0...``````.. 10% (0.-. ...-. . ... .. . .-.-.`... ������������������������������������������'"\ l ! 0.. ..... .2 HOLE lMC {Hole Size) 01 1 .......-..-..7) (c) . . ....-..-. . 8H Outer Boundary � . . .-... ........-..��.. A3 Direct Percentage Based Gage Tolerance Method (Cont'd) 39 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale...-........84 r�T0'on(1 )rAnr'f3"Tcm'1 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. ( 1 1 ....:�:�....... .:::$ 'j '1 . ....... . ..-. ..``.\ ''' :: ..��:�.�.....06) Total Gage To!era nce '-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"'''''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-''-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-... .-.:........4 \Norkpiece l l I Tolerance (Hole Size ) I.--iM!---l ........`--- . ........ Ga�le Pin Diarneter 01 '� H2 1 '1 .......

. .03} Gag Tolerance l plus 5% (0 ..```....... 5tl/Q) l 7.. � �.. 85 Outer Bou ndary '" '��""""""""'''Y-�'''l 01 1 J3 HOLE #!.c ..�..02) (f) Fig......After Wear} (0......... · ·�·t� p�i....`...... ..kp. ..... .... ....-- .. 01 1 .5% (0.... .ptece !! ' }......``....A......v ... .ASME Y14......� i i .... 82�O... . 02 ) V'-lear AHow-anc.VC (1 1 ... ... ...p ....06).. in G age Pe Size O 0 0 :: · I ::: .. ! Tolerance l ll..... a or ie :e !!er" n e ....'"'�"'''� Gage Pin Diameter 0 1 1 .43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A = ..02) :.... .....p ...8 HOLE =VC T •••• (e) {' 4 WOfk....`.05\ Tota! G age Tolerance Inner Boundary (Before Wear) l l � �t l Gage Pin 5% Wear ....�'B.. A3 Direct Percentage Based Gage Tolerance Method (Cont'd) 40 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale... l Size) ..1 .`--- 0. .. ..7) i 1 . ........:lS:.'\..``-`-`... . ...���d'�'�"('G�g�"p. ......= 1 5f}'o .) (Before Wear) l Tolerance Of Position 00..i .(Q.:......82� 1 1 .. .......80 Inner Boundary' (....�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������! 1 1 ..84 (2..� \:..��� T�·. 1 ..(Hole.. 0 (>.84 (5%) T Tolerance Of Position 00 ..�)""j = .....�.... ..J � """""''':::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::���������������������������������������������������������� : � � i r':e:T'0'O':02'r:�" 'I"'B'rc""1 : r'1'1'�'86'O�t.. ....'\. vance 1 1 J31 Mlnlmum Gage P in Size (After Wear) ( '1 1 ... otal lGage Tolerance c ....2 HOLE LMC ... 01 1 .������ r��t:��i (Gage Pin) i '1 2 5% (:0 . ..82y1 '1 .\i .. ...... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.....:: 1 1 .. 2@ RF S (5'%) A bSOI..`. 0 1 2.J !! .. .... 4 ) .....O. ..... 83.2 HOLE LMC ..�y·5·o/� (O·:02}·W�.IjC'j'......5o/... ..... ...k.. 1 '1 ..lIo..Ut ... ..C ........... .```..``````.e e = = .01 @RFS (2 . .84 . . 82 = l Gage P in Size 01 '1 .4 Workpiece To!erance (Hole Size) 012....i...

:"-----..4 WorKpit�o.*_n...-.1 i 01 2.-....NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A ASME Y14. 1 1 ....�����.80 I nner BOl ndary (Gage (a) ' Pin) ! l ('..84 Tolerance Of Position OO@MMC :�:�"-� = 1 (}ty� (O.`--- 41 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale....."""""""""""""""" """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" ......-.�'��."..�.-..``````.-.82 Inner Bo unda ry ______________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________ (b) 1 Fig..L I � t�!t��r�����f�t�.-.-.... t � 1 W% (O..-.-....-.r · ··· ··r ·· ·· ·----: �: · ·· � l L:a 0 0 t� A B C L": :�"1"""..... i 0..� ... l 01 1 .....-....04) Tota! :::::l:x "S:x�x: C to � r"�1"1":84"O�t.. """""J i :�.".04) Size ::z 01 1 ...8 HOLE =VC .---�.``..�d.'02) W ear AUo\:vance ..82-1 1 .-..:'T�i..-.�i�t. 1 1 ..(G.....-4} Total Gag�� Tolerance Absolute Po!!e)' Boundary (Gage Ptn) ..-. . G a ge Pro r"Ab.. .... t""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""".. Gage Pin DiTamete·.:... 83 ...-.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .r :::r) ���: i ! = .`.-... 7) _ __ 1 1 .''' ''''''''''''''' [-�=�f):T0-o-®DTA-Tn6-Tcnnl Diameter 01 1 ...02) T()!erance ! pl us 50/) (0.....84 &...-...`..........��..84 Outer ::z TololeeraSize} (H nce 01 1 ..-....�:::: I""""1""".```...-......``-`-`.�.-.-....43-2003 OA Workpiece 0 1 2.�)"'1 L-.7) """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""..."B..Q...g�"p..-.L..... y!?!� i 011 .`....-...-J 01 1 .```.-.-. 84 (1 1 ...82-1 1 .. A4 Adjusted Boundary Based Gage Tolerance Method --`....��"5o/...-... .....2 HOLE LMC � � � 1 1 ..."(O:02')"fi�..."p�!'.. Of Position 00@ MMC ! 5%) (O.8 HOLE =VC ..�.2 HOLE LMC Tolerance :.. (Before VVear) Tole n e ! GageraPinceSizGaQe : ::::: ! Gage Tolerance i (8efore V'v'ear) .. __ 1 0% (0..83-1 1 ..-..84 I Gage Pin Boundary ' Tolerance (1 1 .-...���d'..-.---------------------------------------------------.-.

.....-. ...J � 1 0% (0.... ... ...... .........'T�i... 80 I nner Boundary (After VVear) Fig....-..83 (Before Vv'ear) Tolerance Of Position 00@LMC l � 5% (O....``-`-`..............2 HOLE '1 1 ..`--- 01 1 ..... ...-...�}""""] .```.-..-.�d�..-..... ............After Wear) 1 -1 ....��.....�I........ . ...-..82·· 1 '1 ........... . ..-.���:'B..H_H1dary (Gage Pin) (e) I 01 2.. .'�"\Al�-.. ..-..-........ .... .... ............. ... ..-.......... .:...................... ..-....-......-.-....-. ....... ... .-... ... .04) Tota l Gage Tolerance "'-::: "''' ... .. .. ....'.. .... 82 � ·(t} 1 0 0 C1)� A i B l c Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`...-...! 1 1 ... ( 1 1 .. ..�...-. I (d) Gage P in 5% (0.......-.-.-.-..=�.-.. .�......-.. . ......... .. .�"(B�f��'.....43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A 1 0.�..-.-... .. .. ...-..�..:.........-. .. ..-.. .. A4 Adjusted Boundary Based Gage Tolerance Method (Cont'd) 42 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.4 Vv·(JrKpi(..." " "''' '' :....��d'...-..�......-...........-.. ......"'.... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ... ..... .-. . ... 84 Outer BQundary (Gaw_ Pin) l � ... ...-..```...80 Inner Sc...... ..... ...-...... .1 1 ...�... .. . ....`.. .. . ....... ....J ! ! rAb.:��:....... ..-..``...J �� "' :::: Gage Pin Diameter 0 'l 1 J3-0. .......-.. .....-.. .�""""""'" �..02) Wear .`.82¥O. .....-.....Allowance 1 1 ..2 HOLE 0 1 1 ...-. .. .-..-. .-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-::. ..`...........ASME Y14........ ..-. ..... ......��::��.......-.. ...�...-....... ..-..-.-..-..-....:.... .-.....8 HOLE =VC . ...�.......-... ...-.-....02) Wear Allowance " """""""""""y... 80 Minimum Gag e Pin Size (....... ..-......-. ...2)"B.................... . .....-..�::....... ....-.-....-.........02) Gage Tolerance l plus 5(>/G (0... ...-."-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-"-.................. ....... ......... .:.. .. ... ...... .....t...-.. .......-. ..-....lct� l Tolerance ('-----------------------------------------l (Hole S ize) 01 2.....-..-. ... ..-."p�ii�y'5o/�"(O'�........-.....-....-........-.-.8 HOLE =VC Gage Pin Size ::: 0 1 1 .... ..���......7) l"'�1"1'�82"!'�'...02 =..-.�.... l.. ......... ... ............-........ ..........-...... . ....-...``````. .'1 1 .

............-.. - 01 2..> ' <:> ..'B'.....0....-..-.'(.....```.. =..-......."(()':02'}"B�����i�'......-..-...'.... '.. i Abso!ute Policy 1 0%:: (0. '.....-...'X 1 " '" ' '' ' ''' " f�� "O :(·�Ie\� 11...-.....�.............-..-.........-................. '.82S.....'...8 1 -1 1 ......80 Inner Boundary (Gage Pin) ! L.' u'..-.....``````....7) ...04) Tota l Gage Tolerance 1 1 .-...'ndary.......-..2 HOLE lMC (e) i I� � �� 01 1 .....-.....``.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.```.����""""""""""""'''1 . '...-. A4 Adjusted Boundary Based Gage Tolerance Method (Cont'd) 43 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale...................-..04) Boundary Tokm:lr\c�� i Gage pin size �· 01 1 ...-.-..-. ....-........(2) :::: '1 1 .-.... ..-.j .83 {S'Yd i Tok�rane�� Of Position 00..-.....(� i��..-. '.......01 @... '.......'.-... � 1 1 ....-..-... 1 0% (0.8 HOLE =VC %-_.-............`.-........-.-.-.-......----I L .............. ...R FS (2..-.-..............-..l J------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------..Outer..... 1 0�1 ('0 ... (f) Fig.-.....Y. '..........84 G r'Ai...-......-......."' ...2 HOLE LMC � � "" � :::: Gage Pin Diarneter 0 1 'L 8 '1 . .-........ 1 1 ...'..'i�'t�.. " "..-....-...'.....-...-....'��. ' ........-..... .-.7) L. T � (Hole Size) .'1 'l J�35 (2...... 'i'{....-.....-.......-............) (0.....'....... 5% ) (Before Wear) i Tolerance Of Position 00....``-`-`..-........-.. -' .....43-2003 L�����������������������������������������j OA Workpiece Tolerance (Hole Size) 01 2......p��1�""""""""""""""" """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" . 005@RFS n 25t}h) 1 SlY.80 Inner Boundary (After Wear) 1 1 .-..5%) .-..'....-.. .02) Wear Allowance Minimum Gage Pin Size (After Wear) (1 1 Jj2..' .......'.....-......NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A ASME Y14...i..\....1) T ota! G age T0 ierance .......`--- (1 1 ... 805 Gag e Pin 5% J l ! l ! Il .-.-.........\.-.....-.......'. '.. 82 In ner Boundary (Before Wear) _________________________________________________________________________________________________________ (0..'.'.. '.-.-.-...-....-... '....-..-......-.' ....... � � ........-.i'�.........-.........-..-.........�y"T�. '.....-.-..-..-....-...8 HOLE :!!:VC 1 Gage pin si�te .. (1 1 ."p......-.-... .. ".....'....-..............'age Pin) '1 '. '.......-......-.-........-.........-.........J :...1 'L83 F$T0'o':o'1"T'A"T'sTc""1 01 1 ........'..02) Wear AUO\Nance '"'''' ' .-..02) Gage Tolerance i plus 5%� (0.....' . ..-......... '.'o....-.`...-....`....'.-..'..'�y"5�.. 01 'l ....'.......... '....

43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX A AS WEAR ALLOWANCE When gage element wear is considered a factor in the gage design. and as it wears toward the lower size limit. 44 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`.. the gage will tend to accept more good parts..`--- . but could be applied as desired to any of the other gaging policies.```....`. so that the gage is removed from service or repaired when the wear limit of any element is reached....```. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.``-`-`. Wear allowance is shown in this Appendix only with the absolute and practical absolute methods.``. a percentage of the gage tolerance can be applied to increase the gage element lower size limit to account for wear.``````... Minimum pin actual local size of the gage element shall be indicated on the gage. Wear allowance applied to a new gage will reject a larger number of good parts..`.ASME Y14.

simultaneous position and profile toler­ ances (Fig. sometimes.. (e) The soft gaging software compares this cloud of points (or. 4-24) (l) Fig. Bl3. equalizing datums (Fig. generating a cloud of coordinate data points. 4-26) (g) Fig. B19. is compared with a CAD model for purposes of part acceptance/rejection. two datum features . Bl. B14. B5.``. cylindrical and rectangular datum features of size (Fig. Advantages of this method are that complex shapes may be measured with accuracy and little or no hard tooling. pushpin gages for part threaded holes (t) Fig. B12.. radial hole pattern located by composite position (Fig.. cylindrical datum features (Fig. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . In general terms..single datum axis (Fig. Dimensions and tolerances shown in gage illustrations apply at the assembly level. interrelated datum reference frames (Fig.`.``-`-`. 45 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. such as data generated by a coordi­ nate measuring machine (CMM). 4-38) (0) Fig. internal cylindrical and rectangular datum features of size (Fig. 4-19) (m) Fig. B2. rectangular features of size at MMC (Fig. controlling rotation with datum features of size (Fig.``````. the acceptance of a feature is based on a sample of points. Bll. Bl6.. B7.43-2003 EXAM PLES AN D I LLU STRATI ONS N O N MAN DATORY APPEN DIX B B1 GEN ERAL This Appendix contains examples of the principles explained in this Standard. multiple surface datums (Fig. 4-5) (d) Fig. B8.5M-1994 have been altered or made more complete to allow the gages and fixtures to be better represented here. 4-16) if) Fig.. The fig­ ures are (a) Fig. the s oft gaging process works as follows: (a) A part's nominal geometry is modeled with CAD software. pushpin gages for part clearance holes (s) Fig. B20. sequential gaging B2 SOFT GAGING So gaging is the term used when a set of coordinate ft measurement data. two rectangular datum features of size at MMC (Fig. B9.. size and planar datum features (j) Fig. (Some CAD systems perform this step inter­ nally. BlO.`. The maj or disadvantage is that. Each example also demon­ strates gaging and fixturing principles for illustrations or text in ASME YI4. B3. a reverse-engineered CAD model based on it) with the soft gage model and displays out­ of-tolerance conditions. B4. B6. hole pattern as a datum (Fig. datum targets on a complex part (Fig. irregular closed feature used as a datum feature (p) Fig. This worst-case model is called a so gage. as with most CMM measurements.5M-1994 (shown in parentheses in the list below). B18. allowing the possibility that small out-of-tolerance areas might not be evaluated. 5-24) (q) Fig. (b) The CAD model is imported into the soft gaging software. B15. where tolerance attributes are attached to part features.. 4-6) (e) Fig.```. Bl7. 5-59) (i) Fig.. 4-4) (c) Fig. inclined datum features (Fig..`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. ft (d) A part is measured on a CMM.. 4-22) (n) Fig. 5-4) (h) Fig.`.```. 4-39) (r) Fig.ASME Y14.) (c) The soft gaging software is used to generate a worst-case model based on the nominal CAD geometry varying by the amount allowed by the tolerances. 4-8) (k) Fig. 4-20) (b) Fig. Some of the illustrations taken from ASME YI4.

``````.`.1 IA - B1 I I I I 66 r---t---.`.``-`-`..... 81 Multiple Surface Datums --`..4.1 IA - BIcI Fig.`--- 46 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.@IA 1-$-1 0 J. r34....43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B WORKPIECE I I I I -LI [!] 0... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS .``.ASME Y14.```.`.4 -035.....```. I B 1 c 1 D1 @ 0.

..43-2003 Fig..```.`.``-`-`...```. B1 (a) GAGE TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14....``````. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .`..NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig..`.``. 81 Multiple Surface Datums (Cont'd) 47 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..`--- Datum Feature C Simulator Fig. B1(b) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Feature D Simulator --`.

.``-`-`.`....``````...`..2 I -$.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.```.`.1 @ I A I B I c I .``.ASME Y14..```..`--- � I 1 I 3X ¢30 ±0..I ¢ 0..43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B WORKPIECE - Fig. 82 Inclined Datum Features 48 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.- T g IT .

05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ...NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.``-`-`.. B2(b) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Third Datum Plane C Workpiece Datum Feature C Simulator Datum Feature B Simulator Datum Feature A Simulator Fig.`.```..``````. B2(a) GAGE Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.```.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig...`..`--- TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.`.``.43-2003 Fig..... 82 Inclined Datum Features (Cont'd) 49 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.

2 � ®I A I J A 16.ASME Y14.``````..`--- I..LI ¢ 76.....I ¢ O.5 .`.25 @I A I B @I Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.`.6 I -$.``. 83 Cylindrical Datum Features 50 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B WORKPIECE 4X ¢9.4 76.1 15. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..```..```..`.``-`-`..9.9 L Fig...

.38 .LI © I A I TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14..`. B3(b) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE � 4X ¢9.76.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.9..```...`. 83 Cylindrical Datum Features (Cont'd) 51 --`..``.``-`-`.`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. B3(a) GAGE ¢ 76.285 1 -ElT I ¢ o C0 I A I B I Datum Feature B Simulator Fig.40 I..`.```.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ....``````.250 .43-2003 Fig.

ASME Y14.43-2003

NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B

WORKPIECE

3X 1216.6 - 6.7 1 -$- I ¢ o.2 @I A I B @l c@1

I_U ¢

�®

25.3 25.1 IAI

Fig. 84

Cylindrical and Rectangular Datum Features of Size

52
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B

ASME Y14.43-2003

Fig. B4(a)

GAGE

3X ¢6.40 - 6.41 I -$- I ¢ 0.02 @ I A I B I C I

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig. B4(b) CROSS SECTION OF WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE

Fig. B4

Cylindrical and Rectangular Datum Features of Size (Cont'd)

53
Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

ASME Y14.43-2003

NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B

WORKPIECE

4X ¢ 7.7 - 7.8 1 . I ¢ o .2 @I A I B @l c@1

¢ 12.1 - 12.5 I..L I ¢ O @ I A I

Fig. 85

Internal Cylindrical and Rectangular Datum Features of Size

54
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.1 -.`.``````..``..```.`.:---r"O . B5(b) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.```.`..@ I B � co� � TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.o2':::-TI AT=-V -$.`--- Fig.43-2003 Fig... B5(a) GAGE � 'i "I'-:.....``-`-`. 85 Internal Cylindrical and Rectangular Datum Features of Size (Cont'd) 55 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..

5 @I A I B @1 Fig..``````. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS .`--- 56 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..```.``-`-`..43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B 1----1 75 1-----1 WORKPIECE .`..```...ASME Y14.- I I 4X ¢ 12.`.3 ..``.....--+.12.4 1+I ¢ o.`. 86 Simultaneous Position and Profile Tolerances --`.

``.```. 86 Simultaneous Position and Profile Tolerances (Cont'd) --`..``-`-`..`.``````.70 ...7.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . B6(b) WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Feature A Simulator Fig.43-2003 Fig.`--- 57 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..```. B6(a) 2X ¢ 7.`...43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.`...74 · ®A GAGE ' ' l ' ' TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.

.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY NOTE: The nominal profile for the gage is the maximum part profile tolerance boundary..43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.```.``.... Fig. The profile tolerance on the gage is unilaterally in.`...`.``````.. It does not verify the profile inner boundary.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . The gage simultaneously verifies the hole locations and profile outer boundary. 86 Simultaneous Position and Profile Tolerances (Cont'd) 58 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.`..ASME Y14.`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.```.``-`-`.. B6(c} GAGE TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14. B6(d} WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Fig.

25 @I A I B @l c@1 o 36 -0..`..25 @ I A I B @l c@1 Fig.```.`--- c I -$.I ¢ 0..```. 87 Two Rectangular Datum Features of Size at MMC 59 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.``````.43-2003 WORKPIECE I -$..5 --`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..``-`-`..`..``.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14...`...I ¢ 0.

`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..``-`-`. 87 Two Rectangular Datum Features of Size at MMC (Cont'd) 60 --`....`.``.ASME Y14...43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.75 .```..`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ...43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.. B7(b) WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Fig.``````.80 TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.3.`.```.. B7(a) GAGE 4X ¢3.

`.2 Fig.8 ..43-2003 WORKPIECE 15. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`..```.``````.8 15..```..`.. 88 Rectangular Features of Size at MMC 61 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14..8..`--- .....``.``-`-`.6 I ---+ - -- 7.

L�*I 15.78 TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..```..`. B8(b) WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. B8(a) GAGE I.`--- Fig. 88 Rectangular Features of Size at MMC (Cont'd) 62 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`..79 15.``-`-`..``.``````..43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig..`.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig..ASME Y14...```...

`.43-2003 4X ¢12 ±1 +..```..NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B WORKPIECE ASME Y14..`...``-`-`.5 j Fig. 89 Size and Planar Datum Features 63 --`....``````.``.-1-i1 I I I - Ep I - - ¢30 ±1 20 ±O...`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.```.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .`.

``...``-`-`.`.`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ....43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.```.``````..3 I -$.ASME Y14.I ¢ 0. 89 Size and Planar Datum Features (Cont'd) 64 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.`. B9(b) WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Feature B Simulator Datum Feature A Simulator Fig.`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale...2 .29.1 @ I A I B I C I TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.```... B9(a) GAGE TO VERIFY DATUM FEATURE D ¢ 29..

..``````.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14. It requires a minimum of two points contact..3 U-l ¢ @JlAI � .``-`-`. B9(d) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Feature B Simulator (This datum constitutes a fourth datum plane to orient the datum reference frame..43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.`.2 ..`..) Fig... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.29.1 1 .43-2003 Fig.3 1 -$.`--- ¢ 29.```.1 @ 1 A I D 1 B 1 2X Shoulder Screw TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.`.2 ... B9(c) GAGE 4X ¢ 1 1 ..1 ¢ 0. 89 Size and Planar Datum Features (Cont'd) 65 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.``.```.

.9.`....```..`.-------�r-r---. WORKPIECE � ¢ 9..``. 810 Controlli ng Rotation With Datum Features of Size --`..``-`-`.```.``````.ASME Y14.2 .. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ....4 50 70 I-----i 36 f-----l Fig.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B .`--- 66 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`.

``-`-`.`. B10(b) Fig.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig..`.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .01 I -EfT I ¢ 0..05 @ I A I B I C I TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14..`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.```..``.6... 810 Controlling Rotation With Datum Features of Size (Cont'd) 67 --`.43-2003 Fig.. B10(a) 2X ¢ 6.`.00 .``````..```.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14...

ASME Y14..`. WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Feature A Fig.```..50 .22 I -EIT 1121 0.51 -1 L--" ¢ o @I A I D I * 1 -ElT I BOUNDARY -V DIAMOND PIN TOP VIEW TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.``.1 @ I A I D I E I GAGE � 121 6..8...20 . 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .`.```.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.....43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.``-`-`..``````. 810 Controlling Rotation With Datum Features of Size (Cont'd) 68 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.`. as shown.. or cylindrical in shape.6. B10(c) 121 8. B1 0(d) Datum Feature Sliding Diamond Pin This pin may be either diamond shaped.

..12 I -$.5.```. B l l Interrelated Datum Reference Frames --`..Fig.I ¢ 0.12 I -$.``````.I ¢ 0.43-2003 WORKPIECE 4X ¢ 5.2 @1 D I E @ I B I 4X ¢ 5.2 �10 .``-`-`.1 . 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS .`--- 69 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.....2 �1 0 ..```.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14..`.1 ..`.5..2 @ I A I B I c I +.`..``.

```...93 1 -$.`..02 1 A l B 1 C 1 TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.`--- 70 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.. B1 1 (a) GAGE 4X 121 4.`..``````.92 .``-`-`... B1 1 (b) Gage pins are recommended to be push pins that are able to fully engage the holes at their produced depth.``.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.```.. 8 1 1 Interrelated Datum Reference Frames (Cont'd) --`.ASME Y14.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig...4.`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS ..1 121 0. WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Fig.

NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B

ASME Y14.43-2003

Fig. B1 1{c) ¢ 8.930 - 8.945 1 -$- 1 ¢ 0.03 1 D 1 B 1 C 1

GAGE

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig. B1 1{d) WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE
\
./ ./

Gage pins are recommended to be pushpins that are able to fully engage the holes at their produced depth.

.......

,, - - - .... , ' ......

Workpiece

Fig. B l l

Interrelated Datum Reference Frames (Cont'd)

71
Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

ASME Y14.43-2003

NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B

Fig. B1 1(e)

L

¢ 8.930 - 8.945
.

4X ¢ 4.92 - 4.93 1 -$- 1 ¢ 0.02 1 D I E 1 B 1

.L�OO*I

GAGE

WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE

Datum Feature E Simulator """ "

Workpiece

Fig. B l l

Interrelated Datum Reference Frames (Cont'd)

72
Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig. B1 1 (f)

Gage pins are recommended to be pushpins that are able to fully engage the holes at their produced depth.

NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B

ASME Y14.43-2003

WORKPIECE

¢

'I

I

--L --.J _+-�__.J---- _ ,-¢ 8.0 - 8.2 1 + 1 ¢ 0.3 @ I A @ - B @ l c l

I ¢
'

1

"'

Fig. 812

Two Datum Features - Single Datum Axis

73
--`,,``````,,,```,,,,,```,``,,``-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale, 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT

``````.B l c l 1 -ElT TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14. B12(b) ������ (������.Single Datum Axis (Cont'd) 74 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`...```.`.03 @I A .``-`-`. 812 Two Datum Features .72..43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.`.....70 .```.``. 1 WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Feature A Simulator ��� �"�I ----� Removable Gage Pin Datum Feature B Simulator Slider moves to load and unload parts Fig..`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.7.2 within the size range of 7. B12(a) * GAGE Removable Gage Pin * Gage Pin and Gage Pin Hole require a sliding fit per ASME B4..43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.`..ASME Y14. * Gage Pin Hole 1¢ 0.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .

`.``.`--- 75 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.43-2003 WORKPIECE MAJORDIA 28 I .2 Fig.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . 81 3 Hole Pattern as a Datum Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`... �O..0-5.....`.``````..```..`.```.``-`-`.' ®I A I 4X ¢ 5..

B1 3(a) GAGE TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.``. B1 3(b) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE 4X Datum Feature Datum Feature A Simulator Fig.```.....`.```.ASME Y14..`.``-`-`...43-2003 --`.``````. 813 Hole Pattern as a Datum (Cont'd) 76 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.....`--- NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .`.

`--- �--� 40 �---+----� 100 �------� Fig.1 @ I A I B I c I � Movable Datum Target � Per ASME Y14... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .``````.`...NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14..```.`.3 .4 I -$.`..I ¢ 0...``.8M-1996 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`....6. 814 Equalizing Datums 77 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.``-`-`.```.43-2003 WORKPIECE 4X ¢ 6.

`.. B14 Equalizing Datums (Cont'd) 78 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.21 I -$.. 4X ¢ 6..43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.6.```. All datum target symbols are shown to represent datum target simulators. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.``-`-`..``..01 @ I A I B I C I I TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.`--- ..```.``````.ASME Y14. 3 & 8 dimensions.`...I ¢ 0...20 . This dimension is the addition of the basic 20.`. B14(a) GAGE * ** *** This dimension is arbitrary.. This dimension is the addition of the basic 20 & 8 dimensions.

. 814 Equalizing Datums (Cont'd) --`.```.`. B14(b) Datum Target B2 Simulator WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Target C2 Simulator Datum Target B1 Simulator _ _ ----..``-`-`....`.o+r � --. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS .....`. l Slider : 1 1 1 1 � ..--1 _ _ _ _ _I_ _ - Datum Target A3 Simulator Fig.``.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.43-2003 Fig.``````. I�) r....`--- 79 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..```.

4 TLill- .``..``-`-`..0-5.25@I A ID@1 4X ¢5.' __ - ill � I 75 �----._.I ¢ O.ASME Y14....`.....`--- [ill l L @J t I -$..._ �------��r- +..```.```. 8 1 5 Irregular Closed Feature Used as a Datum Feature 80 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B WORKPIECE Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..``````.--+ �.94 ------� Fig.J....`..`.

05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ...``````....```. B15(a) GAGE Datum D is produced at virtual condition relative to Datum A.... 81 5 Irregular Closed Feature Used as a Datum Feature (Cont'd) 81 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`.``.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.`.... TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.`.```.79 WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.43-2003 Fig.`--- Fig.4.``-`-`.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14. B15(b) 4X ¢ 4.75 .

.ASME Y14.`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .```.``.. 816 --`....```....`--- Radial Hole Pattern Located by Composite Position 82 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.``-`-`.`.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B WORKPIECE Fig..`...``````.

. B16(b) WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`...30 .31 Turn one handle and all four gage pins advance or retreat at the same rate..`.`--- Datum Feature B Simulator Fig..43-2003 Fig.`..43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.```.``````.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT . 816 Radial Hole Pattern Located by Composite Position (Cont'd) 83 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.```.5. B16(a) GAGE 4X ¢ 5..``. TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.``-`-`..NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14..`..

.. TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig...`...`--- .``-`-`. B16(c) GAGE Datum feature simulator A must be movable up and down since it represents orientation only.``````...43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.`. B1 6(d) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Fig.ASME Y14.``. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.5.85 .```.`. 816 Radial Hole Pattern Located by Composite Position (Cont'd) 84 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale....```. 4X ¢ 5.43 .86 Turn one handle and all four gage pins advance or retreat at the same rate.

1 .4 : � I�----��r---�1 : Q I f--0 0-....`--- .NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14../1 \W Fig.. 8 1 7 Datum Targets o n a Complex Part I 85 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale..43-2003 WORKPIECE 121 3...`... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`..3.```.``````.``.`.```.`.``-`-`.

.``-`-`.. B1 7(a) GAGE All datum target symbols are shown to represent datum target simulators.```.``.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.`. 1 ¢ 0...43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig...`. 8 1 7 Datum Targets o n a Complex Part (Cont'd) 86 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale... TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.90 .02 @ 1 A l B 1 C 1 . 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.`--- ¢ 2.ASME Y14... B17(b) WORKPI ECE APPLIED TO GAGE Datum Target B2 Simulator Datum Target A2 & A3 Datum Target C1 Simulator Datum Target A 1 Simulator Fig.`..```.2.``````.93 1 .

05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .``-`-`.`.```.`.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.22 @I A I B @1 12..100 UJ ®I A I ---+--- � 4X ¢ B...`--- Pushpin Gages for Part Clearance Holes 87 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.B3 12...```.``````.``..43-2003 WORKPI ECE / 8 ! \ ¢ 99.90 1 -$. B18 --`..I ¢ o...00 j Fig.66-B.`...

.`.02 @ ® 12.``-`-`... B18(a) NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B GAGE ¢ 99..```...`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale....83 1 A I B I C Same as gage pin body E t 31 8.`... 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .`. See ASME B4... I ¢ 0...83 MIN depth that it is pushed into • PUSHPIN GAGE PIN NOTE: The diameter of the gage holes and the body of the gage pins will be a tight but sliding fit.L � 4X ¢See Note I ..¢'o-:©""Ic-'I Same as hole U 12.I-:.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig.43-2003 Fig.ASME Y14.. B18 Pushpin Gages for Part Clearance Holes (Cont'd) 88 --`..2 Preferred Metric Limits and Fits.46 4X ¢ See Note L 8.``.```..44 : L ¢I'.9 .0 I I ®I A I . TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.``````.100.

.00 31 .6H I ... 819 Pushpin Gages for Part Threaded Holes --`.43-2003 WORKPIECE ¢ 1 10 ±1 I .5 I..``````..`.25 .```.``. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS ..88 -+---1 31 .44 @ ® 19.83 12.``-`-`.LI�(!*I 12.`--- 89 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`.. 1 ¢ 0 .3 1 A l B @ 1 SEP REQT Fig.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14..`... I ¢ 1(� I A I B @I SEP REQT ¢ 100 ±0.```..62 4X M8X1 ...

It may be of any diameter.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE PRACTICAL ABSOLUTE GAGING POLICY Fig. but must be dimensioned and toleranced if added to the gage drawing...¢ o @ A B I III TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.32 19. 19. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ....ASME Y14.' ho� (12...44 1 -$.32) plus the maximum depth of I.```..`..``````.6 @A .. 81 9 Pushpin Gages for Part Threaded Holes (Cont'd) IIIIIII mr t.``..5-99....``-`-`..```.15 MIN Maximum thickness of the gage plate (19.40-8..30 t� 4X ¢ 8.83) THREADED GAGE SCREW I I� I I ¢ 99.`--- Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.. .`.-:IIIII:I� I I �ffiUl 32... B19(a) FU NCTIONAL GAGE A gripping handle is optional for ease of gage use...`.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig.L M8 X 1.25-6G 90 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.

NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14...2 ¢ O. In this example the keyway is used as Datum Feature C.``-`-`. The holes are checked using Virtual Condition pins..5 16. The part is staged against Datum Feature Simulator A and over Datum Feature Simulators B & C.``````... 820 Sequential Gaging --`..`. B at MMC and C at MMC.``...2 1+1 ¢ 1 @1 A I B @I c@1 4X ¢ 5 ±0.0 I -H+--�f- ¢ 47 ±0.`--- 91 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`.```. Fig..5 " 24 1 16. the Secondary Datum Feature is a cylindrical feature of size..43-2003 SEQUENTIAL GAGING WORKPIECE I- � : � ¢ 13 ±0. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .```. and the outside diameter is checked using a Virtual Condition cylinder relative to Datums A.5 @I A 1 B @I c@1 The Primary Datum Feature is a flat surface.3 1+1 ¢0..`. and the Tertiary Datum Feature is a width feature of size.

ASME Y14..``-`-`. 820 Sequential Gaging (Cont'd) --`..43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Fig. the part is free to shift slightly and rotate freely about Datum Feature Simulator B in the )0( plane. locating the part within the Datum Reference Frame.`. Groove for OD Gage Fig.`. B20(a) Holes for Gage Pins GAGE BODY Hole for Datum Feature Simulator B Hole for Datum Feature Simulator C Datum Feature Simulator A Step 1.. B20(c) Datum Feature Simulator B ¢12.```.. While maintaining contact with Datum Feature Simulator A.`--- 92 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale...3 Virtual Condition WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Step 3.``````.. The amount the part may shift is equivalent to the clearance between Datum Feature B and its ¢ 12. ready to receive a part....```.`.``. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS .. The part is staged on the Functional Gage against Primary Datum Feature Simulator A.3 Virtual Condition Simulator. The Secondary Datum Feature Simulator B is inserted into the Gage. Fig. View of Functional Gage with Datum Feature Simulator A. Fig. This establishes the orientation of the part to the Datum Reference Frame. B20(b) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Step 2.

. The size of Datum Feature B.```. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`.4..60. Virtual Condition pins are inserted into the Functional Gage to verify hole locations and a Virtual Condition cylinder is inserted to verify the 00 location.. Gage feature tolerances are 10% of the associated part feature tolerances.5 11 .05 ® 16..006-12. and C at MMC.01 . The amount the part may rotate is equivalent to the clearance between Datum Features B and C and their 12. the holes..5 1 A l B 1 C 1 (Receives 00 Gage) 4X ¢ 4.05 ® 16.``````. B20(f) See Setup Figure 1 for Gaging Example ¢ 12.9.9 Virtual Condition Simulators. B20(e) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Step 5.2 Preferred Metric Limits and Fits (sliding fit .016 1+1 ¢0.h6 shaft mates with G7 hole) Datum Feature A on the Gage is the simulator for Datum Feature A on the part. B20(d) >' ". The Tertiary Datum Feature Simulator C is inserted into the Gage which restricts the rotation of the part about Datum Feature Simulator B.1 ® 16.``-`-`...-<.01 MIN Datum Feature A Simulator ¢ 60..05 ® 16.``... Datum Feature C.005 .NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B ASME Y14.. Fig. 820 Sequential Gaging (Cont'd) 93 Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. B at MMC.5 1 A 1 1.020 1+1 0..```. Fig. Fig...7.004 .43-2003 Fig. Datum Feature WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Simulator C 7.04 1+1 ¢0.5 1 A l B 1 C 1 (Receives VC Pins) NOTE: All fits per ASME B4. respectively.5 1 A l B 1 (Receives Datum Feature C Simulator) 9..`.`.0 .`--- GAGE BASE 7.L (Receives Datum Feature B Simulator) 6. and the 00 must be verified separately.9 Virtual Condition Step 4. The 00 must be within its Virtual Condition with all pins inserted since all controlled features are related to Datums A. The Gage also contains receivers (holes and slots) for pins that simulate Datum Features B and C on the part as well as receivers for the Virtual Condition pins and 00 Gage....`..024 1 ¢ 0..3 and 7.

2 cylinder is the Virtual Condition Simulator for the outside diameter of the part.43-2003 Fig.`.0 3..5 U-= I I f.-E+ )V _ rl.4..3 holes on the part. B20(e) for application. *From ASME B4. B20(d) for application... DATUM FEATURE C SIMULATOR Fig.5 I I� l HOLE GAGE PINS +.l ¢ oC0IAI - DATUM FEATURE B SIMULATOR Fig.2 Preferred Metric Limits and Fits (sliding fit .-t+ The 7.``-`-`.1� ::: � 16 ! · Fig.992 � i � 24 ±0.``.5 � ±0.5 1� I I i A t. B20(c) for application.. B20(i) I The ¢ 12.```.`--- f --t 3.`... See Fig. B200) I The ¢ 4. See Fig.04 16 '2..3 cylinder is the Virtual Condition Simulator for Datum Feature B of the part. The ¢48.9 width is the Virtual Condition Simulator for Datum Feature C of the part. 820 Sequential Gaging (Cont'd) 94 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.2 +0. B20(g) I . See Fig. OUTSIDE DIAMETER GAGE 24 ±0.ASME Y14. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .5 =1 ±0.I¢oC0IAI )V � 1: 24 ±0..h6 shaft mates with G7 hole) Fig. See Fig..3 � � 24 ±0.5 � 17 ±0.2 cylinder is the Virtual Condition Simulator for the 4X ¢4 ±0.``````. B20(e) for application.`. B20(h) I NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX B Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`.5 C.```..05 -0 1.

the gage required to inspect the requirements is complex. C1.``````. V-blocks.. This ease of recalibration also provides an easy means of compensating for revisions in product size or tolerance requirements. Under these circumstances. The disadvantage of the RFS concept is that the cost of the required inspection equipment is generally higher..```. RFS is the only functional inspection method. or other units capable of locating the axis or center plane of the datum feature.``. Inspection equipment designs of this nature would apply to situations in which the callout for positional tolerance directly states the RFS requirement. the RFS condition applies.`. In Fig..ASME Y14. When no modifier is specified. both referenced at RFS. if expanding and contracting gage elements are not used. it has a conventional set of fixed­ size gaging elements for the holes at MMC. sketches (a) and (b) show the gage and describe its features. Wear adjustments are an inherent part of the design. While the workpiece appears to be simple. Therefore.43-2003 N O N MAN DATORY APPE N D IX C (1 RFS GAG ING REGARD LESS OF FEATU RE S I Z E part dimensioned with an RFS modifier.. Gage designs for inspecting RFS callouts often employ dial indicators. C2. C1.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS . as is the level of operator skill needed. While the gage has a complex datum feature simulator for the RFS datums.`--- (a) Gage Example With Both RFS and MMC References. Therefore. See Fig. Datum A feature of the workpiece makes contact on the datum A simulator. sketches (c) and (d) were taken from the gage shown in sketch (b). This example shows a workpiece that has a single size datum feature and considered feature. Fixed-size elements are not appropriate for ascertaining the compliance of controlled features. an infinite range of gage element sizes would be required to gage a --`. while the pattern takes advantage of MMC for ability of assembling the feature relationship. (b) Gage Example With All RFS References. sketch (b) shows the workpiece restrained to simulated datum features as specified by the workpiece shown in Fig. this type of inspec­ tion equipment usually is characterized by expanding devices. (1) In Fig. The guide blocks are capable of up-and-down adjust­ ment to allow for the variable thickness of the workpiece. The base block is shown with three fixed pins.```. With this concept. when a geometric toler­ ance is independent of feature size. (2) The cross sections shown in Fig. RFS can be applied to the datum feature surfaces and to the other features whose axes or center planes are controlled by geometric tolerances. RFS can be a desirable tolerancing concept. as this modifier does not allow use of fixed-size gaging elements.5M-1994). C2. A dial indicator is used to check the location and orientation of the slot. Regardless of feature size (RFS) is a term used to indicate that a geometric tolerance or datum reference applies at any increment of the feature size within its size toler­ ance. which pass through holes in the guide block. This is necessary because the tolerance projects through the thickness of the workpiece. C2 (Fig. with round considered features referenced at MMC.`. in which the product rebuild design may provide for adjustment to compensate for wear. See sketch (f). tapered locators. The complete gage is shown in sketch (a). RFS inspection equipment can determine not only whether or not the product is within specified limits. This gage represents a combination of hole pattern alignment to the datums. See Fig.. A description for the use of the gage follows. the actual axis of a part datum feature shall be used for inspection regardless of the finished size of the feature. The guide block and three pins are shown assembled over guide rail 1..`. As such. The guide block and three pins have been omitted over guide rail 2 for illustration clarity..``-`-`. The workpiece is brought into contact with the pin or pins indicated 3. The basic advantage of the RFS type of inspection equipment design is its ability to perform a measurement accurately and independently of feature size variations.. When dial indicators or similar units are incorporated into the design. which provide easy recalibra­ tion. spring-loaded devices. Clockwise rotation of the crank causes the guide rails 1 and 2 to move inward simultane­ ously to simulate datum feature B center plane of the workpiece. but also the magnitude and sup­ port phase of the life cycle. The dial indicator shall be set to zero using the 95 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. The expanding block is inserted into the slot of the workpiece and is expanded to contact the sides of the slot. In some cases. Also. the design frequently uses dial indicators or other devices capable of variables measurement. C2.. the geometric tolerance is independent of the finished size of the feature. 5-60 of ASME Y14. This example shows a workpiece that has two rectangular size datum features referenced at RFS..

Sketch (d) shows the slot with orientation and location error. Checking the various lengths of the slots would add more complexity to the gage. C2.```. With the plus or minus tolerance on the length. The length of the slot is a variable and the slot can be longer or shorter as specified by the plus or minus tolerance shown in Fig.``. the dial indicator is used to probe position 2. The deviation shall be equal to or less than the stated positional tolerance.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX C WORKPIECE 1 -ElT 1 ¢ 0. and the deviation between positions 3 and 4 shall be equal to or less than the stated positional tolerance. there is a certain portion of the slot that is unusable. The expanding block is shown inserted into the slot of the workpiece. (3) Figure C2... The dial indicator is shown inserted into each inspec­ tion bore to show how the gage is used. Sketch (c) shows the slot at near-ideal location and orientation.```. calibration gage shown in sketch (e) prior to taking any measurements.25 @I A I B l e l 4X B o Two Rectangular Size Datum Features at RFS inspection probe contacts the expanding block with the knife edge of the probe on the same plane as the contact surface of the workpiece. A dog-legged inspection probe is shown in each of the inspection bores. The dial indicator reading for position 3 is recorded. and the reading is recorded and compared for deviation against the read­ ing for position 1. The instruc­ tions that follow are for one set of four inspection bores. sketch (f) shows the workpiece with relevant features of the gage to describe the inspection method for the location and orientation error of the slot.. The dial indicator is inserted into the inspection bore and the dog-legged inspection probe contacts the expanding block with the knife edge of the probe on the same plane as the contact surface of the workpiece.`.ASME Y14.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .``````.. Only one dial indicator is needed to inspect the slot for location and orientation. These probes remain in the bores as part of the gage. The guide block for position 4 is brought into contact with the surface of the workpiece. and the aft upper and lower dog-legged inspection probes con­ tact the expanding block at the points indicated as A and B.5 UOS ANGLES ±1 0 Fig.`..`--- 96 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. The dog-legged inspection probes contact the expanding block with the knife edge of the probe on the same plane as datum feature A simulator. (1 ¢ 4+g·25 1 -ElT 1 ¢ 0. The guide block for position 3 is brought into contact with the surface of the workpiece.`. There is one set of four inspection bores at the forward position of the slot and four more inspection bores at the aft end of the slot. The dial indicator is inserted into the inspection bore and the dog-legged Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. The dial indicator is used to probe position 1 and the reading is recorded..``-`-`.. and in the case shown in sketch (f) the gage is designed to check only the functional length of the slot.25 @ I A I B l e l o 36 -0.... This process would be repeated for the other set of four inspection bores. The workpiece is brought into contact with one of the two pins. The dial indicator reading for position 4 is recorded. Next.

..```.1 GAGE WITH PUSH PINS INSERTED Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. The virtual size pins are inserted into the holes to verify locational requirements on the manufactured part.``.`--- 4X ¢3..025 @1 A l B 1 C 1 1 -$.`.```. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .1 ¢ 0. C1{a) ¢ 21 .. Fig.75 ...43-2003 Fig..750 .3. C1{b) WORKPIECE APPLIED TO GAGE Five holes are located in the tool from the dimensions on the drawing.79 ¢ 0.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX C ASME Y14. This crank moves slides B1 and B2 inward and outward simultaneously with accurate alignment to the center.``````. The part is aligned to the centers of B and C.025 @ 1 A l B 1 C 1 (Pushpin) This crank moves slides C1 and C2 inward and outward simultaneously with accurate alignment to the center.`...775 1 -$.. TO BE INTERPRETED PER ASME Y14.`..``-`-`.21 . C1 Two Rectangular Size Datum Features at RFS (Cont'd) 97 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.43-2003 THIS DRAWING UTILIZES THE BLANK GAGING POLICY Fig.

`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .``````.... C2(a) This Figure illustrates the complete gaging fixture for the workpiece shown above. (c).`.. (d)..`--- Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. C2(b).6 20.... (2 Rectangular Size Feature at RFS 98 --`.8 .4 r 7.```.```.. and (f) that describe the gaging details.ASME Y14.``-`-`. Expanding Block Dial Indicator Datum Feature B Simulator "> Knife Edge Probes Fig.``.8. (e).`..2 A Fig.. It is the basis for Figs.43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX C WORKPIECE 20.

C2 Rectangular Size Feature at RFS (Cont'd) --`.`.``-`-`...``..```...43-2003 Fig.NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX C ASME Y14.`.``````..`.```.... C2(b) Dial Indicator Expanding Block Datum Feature B Simulator Fig. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS .`--- 99 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale...

.. C2(c) Guide block moves Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`. C2 Rectangular Size Feature at RFS (Cont'd) 100 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale...``-`-`..ASME Y14..```.`..``.``````..`.`.`--- Simulated center plane of slot Fig..```.. C2(d) Guide block moves Guide block moves Fig. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT .43-2003 NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX C Fig..

.`....NON MAN DATORY APPENDIX C ASME Y14.``-`-`..43-2003 Fig. Fig... C2(f) Simulated datum plane B Functional length of the slot Pin 2 places Actual center plane of the slot Rectangular Size Feature at RFS (Cont'd) Fig.. C2 --`..`--- 101 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale.`.```.. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS . C2(e) The dial indicator calibration gage used to zero the indicator is built into the base block..``````.``.```.`.

. . . . . . .36M-1996(R2002) Abbreviations and Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1M-1994(R1999) Associated Lists . .40. . . . . . . . . . . . Part 10: Fluid Power Converters . . . . . . Part 4: Actuators and Related Devices . . . . . . . . .``````. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .``-`-`. . . . . . . .40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .```. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43-2003 Engineering Drawing Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34M-1996(R2002) Revision of Engineering Drawings and Associated Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .42-2002 Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principles for Gages and Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. . .2-2000 Screw Thread Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1978(R1999) Castings and Forgings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . Part 6: Measurement and Control Functions . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 3: Connections and Related Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 9: Pum ps. . . . . . . . . .38-1999 Basic Rules for the Design of Graphical Symbols for Use in the Tech nical Documentation of Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .1M-1995(R2002) Line Conventions and Lettering . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3M-1994(R1999) Pictorial Drawings . . . . Y14. Y14. . . . . and Mixing . . . . . . . . . .18M-1986(R1998) Types and Applications of Engineering Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41-2003 Digital Approval Systems . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. . . . . . Y14. . . . . Y32 . . . . . .40. . . . . . . . . . .. Y14. . Part 1: General Information and Indexes . . . . . . . .`. . Part 15: Installation Diagrams and Network Maps . . . . . . .4-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1977(R1999) Railroad Maps and Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT --`. . . . . . . call 1 -800-T HE-ASME (1 -800-843-2763). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. Y14. . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . .40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale. . . . . . . . . .`.35M-1997 Surface Texture Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 2: Symbols Having General Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. or the latest inf ormation about our publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For a complimentary catalog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . Y32.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. Double Helical and Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. .RELATED DOCUMENTS Engineering Drawing and Related Documentation Practices Decimal Inch Drawing Sheet Size and Format . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13M-1981(R1998) Optical Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .100-2000 Graphic Symbols for: Plumbing Fixtures for Diagrams Used in Architecture and Building Construction . . . . . . .40. . . . .40. . Part 8: Valves and Dam pers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. Y14. . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . Part 7: Basic Mechanical Components . . . . . . . . . . Part 5: Measurement and Control Devices . . .9-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14.7-1972(R1999) Mechanical and Acoustical Elements as Used in Schematic Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .40. . . . . . . . . . .1-1971(R1998) Bevel and Hypoid Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 11: Devices for Heat Transfer and Heat Engines . . . . . . . . .11-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . .`.``. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1995(R2002) Metric Drawing Sh eet Size and Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2002 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . . . .32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. . . . .7. . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . .Ground Vehicle Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .```. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8M-1996(R2002) Mechanical Spring Representation . . . .2M-1992(R1998) M ultiview and Sectional View Drawings . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Passenger Car and Light Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . .1M-1994(R1999) Certification of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8-1972(R1998) The ASME Publications Catalog shows a complete list of all the Standards published by the Society. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part 12: Devices for Separating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4M-1989(R1999) Dimensioning and Tolerancing . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . Compressors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5M-1994(R1999) Mathematical Definition of Dimensioning and Tolerancing Principles . . . . . . .40. . . . . .15-2003 Digital Product Definition Data Practices . . . . .6-2001 Gears and Splines Spur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . .10-2003 Graphical Symbols for Diagrams. . . . . . . .24-1999 Chassis Frames . . . . . . . . .`--- . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . Y14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Helical. . and Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.``````.`--- ISBN 0-7918-2808-5 9 1 11111 11 1 1 1 11 11111 11 1 1111111 1 1 11 78079 1 828083 Licensee=FMC Technologies /5914950002 Not for Resale....`..`.```.``..`..```..``-`-`. 05/06/2009 22:14:00 MDT ..Copyright ASME International Provided by IHS under license with ASME No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS --`...

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful